wELLSPRING OF CHAOS====================== Notes: Scanned by JASC If you correct any minor errors, please change the version number below (and in the file name) to a slightly higher one e.g. from .5 to .95 or if major revisions, to v. 1.0/2.0 etc. Current e-book version is .9 (some formatting errors have been corrected—but OCR errors still occur in the text. Unproofed) Comments, Questions, Requests (no promises): daytonascan4911@hotmail.com Notes: This book is not proofed. You will find some errors, though it should still be very readable. DO NOT READ THIS BOOK OF YOU DO NOT OWN/POSSES THE PHYSICAL COPY. THAT IS STEALING FROM THE AUTHOR. -------------------------------------------- Book Information: Genre: Fantasy Author: L.E. Modesitt Name: Wellspring of Chaos Series: Saga of Recluse, Book 12 ====================== Wellspring of Chaos Book 12 of the Saga of Recluse by L.E. Modesitt I Jvharl stood at the front window of his shop, looking westward for a moment at the wedge of twilight sky visible between the slate roofs of the buildings on the far side of the narrow Crafters’ Lane. A single lamp was visible through the middle window of Gharan’s quarters, above the weaver’s shop. Next door, at Hamyl’s, both the lower floor and the rooms above were dark. That wasn’t surprising, Kharl told himself, since Hamyl’s consort had taken the children to her parents’ holding to help with the early-midsummer gathering. That had left the potter free to indulge himself at the Tankard, and the lane peaceful, since Kharl’s neighbor, the scrivener Tyrbel, was a widower and kept a quiet establishment. Lowering his eyes, the cooper glanced at the five barrels in his display, all tight cooperage from the best white oak, ranging from the hogshead to the standard barrel and down to the quarter barrel and the fine-finished fifth barrel with the brass spigot, used by anyone who wanted to store and dispense expensive liquids, mostly spirits. Then he barred the front door and closed the shutters behind the lead-glassed panes that his grandsire had installed before Kharl had been born. At that time, glass windows had been considered particularly foolish for a cooper, unlike a goldsmith or an artisan—or even a weaver or a potter— who had to display work to attract buyers. Times had changed, and most shops along the lane had come to display their wares behind windows. “A barrel’s a barrel. So’s a hogshead. People buy barrels because they need barrels.” Kharl smiled as he recalled the acerbic words of his grandmother, who had never let his grandsire forget what she regarded as the foolishness of the glass. Foolishness? Kharl didn’t think so. He still got orders from passersby who otherwise hadn’t thought about barrels. Not many, never more than one an eightday, and sometimes only a few a season. Over time, though, the windows had paid for themselves. He picked up the lamp and walked toward the rear of the shop, past the high racks that held the billets he would form into staves. Most of the billets were oak, white for the tight cooperage and red for slack. There were also some billets of tight-grained black oak, and a few of chestnut. He passed the workbench and the tool rack, with every tool in place. On the left side of the rear wall was the small forge where he sized and shaped the hoops for tight cooperage. Beside the forge on the brick flooring was the fire pot and, beside it, the steaming ring. The faintest smell of ashes and charcoal drifted toward Kharl from the banked coals of the forge. Just short of the rear wall, and the door to the loading dock, the cooper stopped and looked at the fifteen white oak barrels waiting there. Each was identical to the next, with the iron bands, set just so, and the smooth finish, with a medium toasting on the inside. Korlan was supposed to pick them up in the morning—pick them up and pay the balance due. The vintner had taken the first fifteen barrels an eightday earlier. Kharl only hoped that the vintner did not come up with some excuse, as he had the summer before, waiting almost two eightdays before showing up, but, then, that was the problem in dealing with someone who lived more than ten kays to the south of Brysta. Kharl half smiled, then nodded, and turned, the carry-lamp in hand, to head up the stairs. “… silvers and coppers are not for me, but a pretty girl whose charms are free…” He frowned. Had he heard singing in the alley? The Tankard was four doors toward the harbor, but seldom did roisterers come wandering down the alley, even early in the evening. Kharl cocked his head. “… for when there’s no lamps to see, any woman’s as fair as fair can be…” “No… let go of me!” The woman’s voice—no, it was a girl’s voice—was familiar, but Kharl could not place it. He moved to the far side of the loading dock and swept up the cudgel in his left hand, then, leaving the lamp behind, eased the door open. “Let me go!” “… mean you no harm, little woman.” A raucous laugh followed. “We’ll even pay you for what you give others for free…” “Let go! Let… mmmpphhh…” The girl’s words were choked off. Kharl closed the door behind him so that he would not be silhouetted by the light from the lamp. He glanced toward the Tankard, but saw no one. He looked back to the north. There, less than a rod away, perhaps less than ten cubits, in the fading light and the dimness of the alley, were three figures that Kharl could barely make out. Two men held the girl, a thin figure with dark ringlets over a green summer blouse. The hair and the blouse belonged to Sanyle, the youngest of Tyrbel’s daughters. One of the men had Sanyle’s arms cruelly twisted behind her, and the other had his hand on her shoulder, pulling the summer blouse down. Both men were laughing. Kharl took three quick steps, then two more, bringing the cudgel up. The nearer man, the one who had started to rip away Sanyle’s blouse, turned. A blade hissed from the scabbard at his belt. Kharl took another step and struck the blade and the man’s hand with the cudgel before the man had finished turning toward the cooper. The shortsword dropped on the cobblestones of the alley with a muffled clank. “Ah… swine-slime… misbegotten…” The youth jumped back, cradling his hand. The dark blue velvet of his tunic was almost lost in the dimness. The second man let go of Sanyle, and his right hand darted toward the hilt of his blade. “Don’t…” growled the cooper. “ ‘Less you want a broken arm. Just let her go, and back away and head back where you came from. Have fun with your own or those you pay.” As soon as the man had released her, Sanyle slipped away into the shadows. There was a glint on the heavy brass key she held, and then the rear door of the structure beside the cooperage opened, and quickly shut. “You can’t do this.” The taller young man, who was still half a head shorter than the cooper, kept his hand on the hilt of his blade, but did not draw it. “You don’t know who you’re talking to…” “Doesn’t matter,” growled the cooper. “Don’t force girls barely old enough to know the difference ‘tween boys and men.” “They’re all the same.” Kharl raised the cudgel slightly. “Back off, little man, ‘less you never want to use that arm again.” The shorter youth scooped up the fallen blade with his left hand and backed away. After a moment, the taller one followed. Kharl stood watching until the two were out of sight, and until the alley was quiet once more. Then he turned and reentered the cooperage, wondering from what merchants’ houses had come the overdressed and spoiled youths. With a snort, he set down the heavy cudgel and barred the door. After reclaiming the lamp, he started up the steps to the quarters above the cooperage. His boots thumped heavily on the wood, and the fourth step creaked, as it had for years. Charee stood just inside the door at the top of the stairs. Shoulder-length black hair was bound back from her face, making it seem even narrower than it was. Her green eyes were cool. “Your supper’s cold. Thought you were coming up sooner.” “I was. Heard something out back. Wanted to make sure that it wasn’t someone trying to break in. Just a pair of youngsters thought they were men, drinking too much for ones so young.” Kharl had no intention of saying more about the would-be bravos. For all her virtues, Charee lacked one—that of circumspection. The young men could scarcely have picked out one crafter in gray from another, not unless Charee told the entire lane. Because she well might have, while suggesting that Kharl was being foolish, Kharl saw little point in calling attention to the incident. Sanyle would doubtless tell her widower father, but the scrivener was more than taciturn, as were his children. “Won’t you ever leave well enough alone, Kharl? Leave the roisterers alone. Or if you must, call them to the attention of Lord West’s Watch. That’s what he draws his tariffs for. You’ve got a consort and sons that need you…” . “My hard-won coins, leastwise.” Kharl shut the door to the stairs and the shop below and walked toward the washroom on the right side of the landing. “Let’s not be starting that again.” Kharl forced a smile. “I won’t, dearest. I need to wash up.” The pitcher on the wash table was full, and the basin empty and clean, with a worn but clean gray towel and a narrow bar of fat soap laid out on the left side. He closed the washroom door and began to wash, enjoying the faint rose scent that came from the petals in the soap. It took time to get the sawdust off his face and hands and arms, and out of his dark beard, short-cropped as it was. When Kharl stepped into the main room, it was still warm from the day, but the harbor breeze blowing through the open windows offered a welcoming coolness, even if it did bear the scents of salt and fish and caused the two wall lamps to flicker. The cooper walked toward the round table where Arthal and Warrl waited, their eyes following him, but not exactly looking at him. “Did you finish your lessons?” Kharl’s eyes fixed on Warrl, his younger son, by three years. “Yes, ser. I did.” After a moment, the younger boy asked, “How much longer will I have to go to Master Fonwyl?” “Until he says you can read and write well enough to pass the craft-master’s tests.” Kharl seated himself. “I don’t see why,” interrupted Arthal. “It’s not as though we’ll ever have the golds to post the bond for mastercrafter.” “Maybe so, and maybe not,” replied Kharl. “But if you get the chance, I don’t want you looking back and complaining that I didn’t prepare you. Reading and writing aren’t something you can pick up easy-like when you’re older.“ “But what use is it if you’re not a mastercrafter or a merchant or a lord? You scarce have a chance to read a broadsheet—” “But I can, and once or twice it’s saved me good coins. Enough.” Kharl managed not to snap. “Let’s enjoy supper.” As if she had been waiting for them to stop, Charee lifted the heavy cast-iron stewpot off the stove and carried it to the table. There, she set it on the well-browned trivet in the center of the oval oak table that had been one of the first pieces of actual furniture that Kharl had made after he had taken over the cooperage. His consort set the large basket of afternoon-baked bread on the table and seated herself at the opposite end of the oval table from Kharl. Kharl began to ladle the stew into the chipped brown crockery bowls that had come from Charee’s mother. “Smells good,” offered Kharl. “It does,” added Warrl. “More summer squash and potatoes than meat,” murmured Arthal. “It’s tasty, and it’s hot, and you didn’t have to spend the day cooking it,” Kharl pointed out. “If you’d rather not eat, you can leave the table right now.“ “No, Da… I’m sorry, Ma.” Arthal’s voice was barely apologetic. Kharl didn’t feel like calling his older son on his borderline rudeness, not after a long day finishing the last of the barrels for Korlan, especially when he knew that Arthal would just make some other comment. “What was going on outside, Da?” asked Warrl. ‘’Tust some young fellows who’d had too much at the Tankard. Had ^ ale than sense, and didn’t know it.“ “Will the Watch catch them?” ‘’They settled down,“ Kharl said, after taking a mouthful of the stew, still Warm and peppery, despite Charee’s comments about it getting cold. ”Good stew.“ He broke oft a chunk of the crusty bread, then dipped it into the stew before chewing off the dipped end. ”Good bread.“ “They’d better settle down,” offered Arthal. “Lord West likes Brysta peaceful.” “The justicers worry inore about thieves and killers,” Kharl said, taking a swallow of the warm ale, really only about half a mug for each of them, but that had been #H that was left in the quarter barrel in the cellar, and he couldn’t afford any more—not until Korlan paid him for the wine barrels. “Cossal said they hung three brigands in the Justicers’ Hall on two-day,” added Warrl. “He was there.” “They hung three men. That’s true. They might even have been guilty.” Kharl had his doubts that everyone hanged was as guilty as charged. “Does it matter, if one brigand is strung up for something he didn’t do?” asked Charee. “Anyone they catch has done more than enough anyway. Weren’t for Lord West, we’d have thieves overrunning Brysta, like in his sire’s time.” “That was a different time,” Kharl said. “Fairven had fallen. The more powerful steam engines had exploded. Many trading ventures had failed. People were starving, and white wizards were everywhere.” “Better the whites than those blackstaffers from Reduce,” Charee sniffed. “Them and their fine clothes, and their noses in the air. Think they know everything. Father Jorum says that we’re all equal in the eyes of the Sovereign-” Kharl wasn’t about to get into debating the opinions of the priest of the one-god believers. “I can’t see as they harm anyone, but it’s better that they stay i*1 Reduce.‘’ He took another chunk of bread and wiped out his empty b “Captain better think about powering up the engine,” Tarkyn said. Kharl looked up from the lathe, lifting the chisel. “We’ve barely got headway. We’re heavy-laden, ‘bout as heavy as we’ll be, ’cause we’ve got copper for the druids. That’s what the first said.” Kharl didn’t understand. “We’re south of Renklaar, short of Pyrdya, and we’re close to shore ‘cause the trades blow north farther offshore.” The carpenter’s explanation still didn’t make any more sense to Kharl. “Pirates,” the carpenter finally said. “Got to worry about ‘em till we’re well south of here, past Worrak, for sure.” “But Reduce… I mean, we’re about as close as we can be to Reduce.” “That’s the problem. All sorts of ships port at Nylan, with rich cargoes. They come through these waters. All sorts of islets and marshes off the mouth of the Ohyde. Hide a fleet there, if you wanted. Reduce doesn’t have too many of those black ships. Can’t be everywhere.” “You think pirates would come after us?” “They’ll come after anything they think they can capture. We had wind, with the engine, be a hard chase for them.” Kharl sniffed the air. “Something’s burning.” “Good. Captain’s lighting off the engine. Doesn’t like to. Coal’s not cheap, but losing a ship to pirates makes coal cheap at twice the price.” Kharl continued to work the lathe, and neither man spoke until Kharl finished the turning. “Best you rack that and clean the lathe, stow the brackets and clamps.” Kharl nodded. After putting the railing support in the overhead rack used for partly finished work, he swept up the shavings and sawdust into the flat scoop and emptied them into the burn box. Then came the rags, and finally the oil to coat all the exposed metal. “Good,” grunted Tarkyn. Somewhere, Kharl could hear the hissing of steam as pressure built up in the boiler aft of the carpenter shop. A slow rumbling echoed through the ship, followed by a regular thumping, and then the deliberate thwup… thwup of the paddle wheels. Bemyr’s whistle shrilled throughout the ship. “All hands topside to repel boarders! All hands topside to repel boarders!” “Worried about that,” muttered Tarkyn. Kharl glanced toward the overhead bin, looking for the dark staff. “The far side,” Tarkyn said. Kharl eased the staff out of the longer of the two overhead bins. He glanced over at the older man, and saw that Tarkyn had opened a locker and was taking out a crossbow, a rewinding assembly, and a quiver of dark bolts, but the bolts didn’t look like iron. “Lorken,” the carpenter said. “Can make ‘em here on the lathe. Almost as good as iron, and they work real well against pirates, specially those touched with chaos. You better get topside. I’ll be up in a moment.” When Kharl left the carpenter shop, the paddle wheels had begun to pick up speed, but only fractionally, and a long groaning told Kharl that the engine was straining, probably because the steam pressure wasn’t high enough yet. As he came up the ladder, staff in hand, he was met by the third, who stood by an open locker, filled with weapons of all sorts, ranging from long and short blades to cudgels and spears. Rhylla looked at Kharl and his staff. “Better put you on the poop.” She gestured. “Yes, ser.” Kharl glanced aft, across the main deck where sailors were forming up behind each railing. Most carried cutlasses, but Kharl saw spears and a cudgel as well, and even one woman with a quiver and longbow. He took a quick look to starboard, inshore. There were two pirate vessels, each long and slim, with a bastard rig and a huge balloon sail, each less than a kay away. Both were filled with armed men. “Cooper!” “Sorry, ser.” Kharl hurried across the deck, waited for a sailor with a broadsword to climb the ladder, then followed him up to the poop. He had no sooner reached the top when Furwyl motioned for him to take a position abeam the helm, but on the port side. “You can cover more deck, and that means we can use someone else on the main deck.” Kharl nodded. He thought he understood. “Don’t leave your space unless you’re ordered to.” Furwyl paused. “Or unless they’ve already overrun the main deck, and no one’s climbing the poop.” “Yes, ser.” Kharl took the assigned space, but once there, looked back shoreward. With the speed of the paddle wheels increasing, the gap between the two pirate vessels and the Seastag was no longer obviously narrowing. In fact, Kharl could begin to see the Seastag start to pull away from the leading pirate vessel. “Port five,” ordered Hagen, standing almost directly beside the helm. “Coming port, ser.” Kharl could barely feel the gentle turn. “Steady on heading, ser.” “Steady as she goes.” “Steady as she goes, ser.” Slowly, ever so slowly, the gap between the larger ocean trader and the pirate vessels widened, until it was more like a kay and a half. Kharl kept checking, but the gap was still increasing, and the Seastag was edging farther and farther away from land. Hagen was trying not to lose what air he had, but to find a heading that played more to the strengths of the Seastag. A muffled crummpt echoed through the Seastag. The entire vessel shuddered. Almost immediately flame flared from the stack, hot enough to scorch the limp lower sheets closest to the stack before fading into blackish gray smoke that settled down across the decks. The paddle wheels’ thzvup-thwup-thwup slowed, finally coming to a stop. Kharl gaped for a moment. The smoke had held, for just an instant, the barest hint of chaos about it. What had happened? Why had the engine exploded? The gap between the pirate vessels and the Seastag began to narrow once more. An engineman, blackened from crown to boots, pulled himself up the ladder and made his way toward the captain. Kharl tried to listen. “Firebox… exploded, ser… awful… steam… metal…” “Is there a fire below?” Hagen’s question was clipped. “No fire, ser. Not now. Sand and water… got that. But… no… engine, much, neither, ser… two stokers… didn’t make it…” The cooper looked shoreward. The pirates were closer, little more than a kay away, and the sternmost of the two had shifted course slightly, to take a heading that would come up alongside the Seastag on the port side. That made sense, unhappily, because the pirates could board from both sides, and divide the defenders’ efforts. “Shut everything down, best you can, and bring the engine crew topside,” Hagen told the engineer. “Yes, ser, those that can.” The engineer turned and made his way down. “… some sort of wizardry…” muttered the captain to Furwyl. “… put out the word about Lydiar,” returned the first mate. “… get through this first…” As he waited for the pirates, Kharl tried to relax, tried to recall the warm-up exercises he had not used or needed in years and replicate them, to ready himself. The wind remained light, and with their smaller craft and larger sails, the pirates steadily closed on the Seastag, until they were only rods away, then within fifty cubits, one on each side of the trader. “Stand by to repel boarders!” ordered Furwyl, and the command was echoed by the three other mates. “Stand back from the railings until they close!” Kharl moved back, realizing the reason for the command as an arrow whispered past his head. He immediately dropped into a kneeling position, waiting. Clunk! At the heavy sound, Kharl turned his head to see a pronged iron that had been catapulted over the railing and onto the deck. Several arrows skidded along the deck as well and one buried itself in the steering platform. A seaman ran forward, crouching, with an ax and, keeping his head down, began to hack at the line attached to the grappling iron. Another iron arched over the railing, and dragged across the deck until it, too, was wedged behind the poop railing. The seaman with the ax had barely cut through the first line before there were two others wedged in place. The young man attacked the second, but seemed to make no progress. “Friggin‘ thing… wound with wire…” Kharl’s eyes darted across the upper deck, taking in the four grapples still wedged in place. While he couldn’t see more, he had no doubts that the same tactics were being employed against the main and forward decks. The seaman managed to part the line on two more grapples, but, by that time, another three had been wedged in place. Kharl edged forward, because he could hear voices, scuffling, and muttered curses… “… get your friggin‘ ass up…” “… sows carry less lard ‘n you…” The cooper saw a brawny arm reach over the railing. He lunged forward and slammed the staff down on the arm, feeling the bones break, and seeing the pirate tumble backward off the rope and into the water just aft of where the two hulls rubbed against each other. He brought the staff around in a sweep. One pirate ducked, but the lorken staff caught a second in the neck, and he sagged, then slid out of sight, while Kharl reversed the staff. His return was weak, and the one pirate was over the railing, cutlass slashing toward the cooper, and parrying the staff. Kharl two-handed the staff, using both ends. The wood, almost as hard as iron, and springier, fended off the cuts from the pirate, who tried to circle away from Kharl, and found himself between a sailor with a spear and the cooper. In the pirate’s moment of indecision, Kharl struck with an underthrust, and the cutlass spun out of the pirate’s hand. The other sailor plunged the spear into the pirate’s belly. Kharl turned back to the port railing, where two more pirates had appeared, one with the ubiquitous cutlass, and a taller man with a hand-and-a-half blade. Kharl took on the taller man, and found himself backing up against a man with far better blade skills than Kharl had staff capabilities. Thzvunk! The huge pirate looked stunned at the quarrel in his left shoulder. Kharl took the moment and knocked the big blade from his hand and attacked with all his strength. Even badly wounded, the pirate weathered two blows that would have felled a lesser man and ducked away from several that could have stopped him. Kharl managed another strike, then a solid thrust into the man’s guts. The pirate tumbled forward, and Kharl saw the blood from a deep cut across his back. Two more pirates appeared from somewhere, and Kharl and another sailor found themselves slowly pushing the pair forward, toward the edge of the poop deck. One looked back, and took a spear. The other grabbed the railing and vaulted down. Kharl stood for a moment, gasping, glancing around the poop deck, but it was empty, except for Kharl, the captain, the helmsman, and two other sailors from the Seastag. Below, the main deck swirled with fighters. The defenders were being pressed from both sides, although they did not seem that greatly outnumbered, and some pirates had fallen, but the attackers fought without much thought of caution, it seemed to Kharl, and kept pressing the Seastag’s defenders inward. The cooper glanced down at the pirate vessel to port. Only two men stood on the low rear deck, beside the steersman. All three were watching the main deck of the Seastag. Abruptly, staff in one hand, Kharl swung himself over the railing and clambered down one of the ropes left hanging by the pirates. When he was just slightly higher than the aft deck of the pirate vessel, he twisted his body and jumped. Even as close as the two vessels were, he barely cleared the railing and landed heavily on the deck. The two pirates remaining were surprised enough that Kharl had a chance to get the staff into position before the first charged. Kharl parried the slash by the pirate, and the cutlass clanked against the black iron band. The blade shattered, and Kharl reversed the staff into a wicked riposte into the man’s guts, then, as the pirate staggered, finished him off with a blow to the side of his head. The cooper barely managed to get the staff back and balanced in time to ward off the attack of the second helm guard, who was using two shortswords, one in each hand. Kharl let the other attack, using a balanced two-handed grip on the longer staff to block or deflect the other’s slashing attacks, giving a little space, and watching. Then, after the pirate made a particularly vicious cut that left him slightly unbalanced, Kharl slammed the staff into the other’s knee with enough force that something crunched, and the pirate sprawled sideways on the deck. Kharl brained him, then turned to the helmsman. The helmsman released the helm and grabbed for the cutlass at his belt. His hand closed on the hilt just as one of the iron bands ot Kharl’s staff crashed into his temple. As Kharl surveyed the deck, he could see that there was no one near him, and forward on the pirate ship, no one had even looked aft. With a cold smile Kharl strode forward, toward the handful of pirates, along the railing, clearly wanting to board the Seastag. The first two went down, one right after the other, without anyone noticing. The third turned. “They’re behind us!” He got his blade, more of a rapier than a cutlass, up and into a rough guard position. Kharl slammed the blade aside and brought the staff up from below, doubling the man over, and finishing him off with a reverse. Then… there were pirates all around Kharl, and the most he could do was try to weave a defense. He stepped back, still creating a blur of blackness, when a taller man, taller even than Kharl, lunged forward with a huge broadsword. Because of the force of the cut—that missed—the big man was off-balance for a moment, and Kharl struck. A shocked expression froze on the pirate’s face, and he brought the broadsword around in a last desperate swinging lunge. Kharl managed to get the strength from somewhere to parry, but he slipped on a deck wet with blood and salt, and the flat side of the blade crashed into his chest, then slammed down into his foot. With a last effort, Kharl brought up the end of the staff straight into the pirate’s throat. Kharl could feel something give, and some of the pressure on his leg abate. He tried to lever the staff upward, but it was caught under the body of the fallen pirate. Then something struck him from behind, and wave of red blackness crashed over him. LI A reddish dark haze swam around Kharl, and much as he attempted to grope his way through it, it merely thickened. When he tried to rest, it seemed to constrict around him, like an iron band across his chest and ribs, with an agonizing pain so sharp that he felt he could hardly breathe. He wanted to move, but neither his arms nor his legs would budge, and his head was a mass of flame. In time—how long it had been, he had no idea—the haze thinned, and an image swam into his view, except that it was a pair of images. Kharl squinted, and the two images resolved into one, that of a single face, one he thought he should recognize, but did not. “You’ll be all right, cooper. You’re acting like you’re still fighting. You don’t have to keep fighting. Try to loosen those muscles.” “Pirates…?” Kharl mumbled, his mouth so dry that the single word was a croak. “You need to drink. Open your mouth.” Kharl did. The coolness was welcome. His tongue was swollen, and swallowing was difficult. “Pirates?” he asked again. “Most of ‘em are dead. We brought in their ships. Not bad prizes. Worrak isn’t prime, but the captain figures that, even after replacing the engine, be a goodly prize share for everyone. That’s for you, too.” Kharl didn’t care about that. He just knew his leg hurt, especially his foot—and his chest. “Hurts… a bit…” “Your ribs are cracked… bruised, and there’s that right foot. It’s going to hurt for a while, but you’ll walk fine. Your boots won’t be so cramped on that side. That last pirate blade took the two smallest toes, but… wound came up clean. Healing good. Worried about you. Been a couple of days now.” “Hit my head.” “Big lump, but nothing’s broken and no soft spots there. Local healer says you’ll be fine. He’s looked at all of you.” Kharl finally grasped that Rhylla, the third mate, was talking. He hoped his memory would improve. “Thank you.” “You need to drink some more.” So Kharl did, then drifted back into sleep, back into the reddish haze, except at times there were periods of black coolness. He woke in dim light, either dawn or twilight, he thought, before realizing that all light was dim in sick bay or anywhere belowdecks. He only saw two other bunks, besides the one above him, and the two— those across from him—were occupied. He lay back on the narrow bunk, closing his eyes and trying to ignore the dull aching in the toes he no longer had, and wondering what would happen next. He could hear voices from the two men in the opposite bunks, whispering as they were. “… thought he woke…” “… back asleep…” “… you’d be sleeping, too… what hit him. Tough old guy…” Kharl didn’t think of himself as old, but he must have seemed so to young seamen. “… never saw anything like it… cleared off everyone on the one… looked like…” “… Reisl said he used that staff and batted down arrows…” Kharl wanted to snort, but it would have taken too much effort. No one could do that. “… saw him take out three pirates with that big staff… one hit it with a blade, and the blade shattered…” “… blackstaffer…” “… he’s not… used to be a cooper in Brysta… what the third said… did something to piss off the Lord…” There was a laugh. “Got to like that… anyone with enough guts to piss off a lord… good man…” Kharl drifted back into sleep. When he woke for the third time, the space was brighter, and the aching in his skull was only the faintest throbbing, although his foot didn’t feel that much better. He was alone in sick bay, and the other bunks had been stripped. Still, he thought he ought to try to sit up, and he gingerly eased into a sitting position on the edge of the bunk. Knives jabbed through his ribs, and he could barely hold himself erect. Still… he wasn’t going to get better lying flat. He slowly levered himself into a standing position, although he was as much leaning against the bulkhead as standing. He coughed, two or three times, and the sharp knives that went through his chest made him wonder if he would collapse right there. He just stood, hanging on until the coughing passed and he could breathe easier. Then he took one step, and another. He finally made it to the hatch, and looked out onto the main deck. It was midafternoon, and the ship was tied to a pier. He stepped slowly out onto the deck, barefoot he realized, but he had no idea where his boots were, or if he could even bend over to put them on, or if they would fit. A wave of dizziness washed over him and he eased sideways until he reached the ladder to the forecastle deck, where he sat down. “Cooper?” Kharl looked up to see Furwyl standing there. “Yes, ser?” “Third and the healer said it’d be a few more days…” “… if I got up at all?” Furwyl laughed. “They didn’t say that.” “Not exactly. Figured… I’d better walk some. Rest some. Not worth spit… right now.” “You know how you feel,” the first mate said carefully. “We’re leaving Worrak tomorrow.” “Won’t be doing much carpentering… for a while,” Kharl replied. “If you want to stay, you’ve got a berth, long as you want it.” “I’d… like that.” Kharl forced a smile, one that he meant, even if he still hurt so much that he didn’t feel like smiling. “Good. That’s settled.” Furwyl smiled. “Maybe you’d better lie down for a while… get up in a bit for supper.” “Supper… sounds good.” Kharl realized he had no idea if he’d eaten, or what, or how often. He didn’t like the idea that he had no idea what had happened to him. He did appreciate the loyalty of the captain and the first. Slowly, he rose, and putting one foot in front of the other, gingerly, headed back to sick bay. LII The Seastag waited two days more to leave Worrak, because the captain had been promised a cargo of brimstone for delivery to Dellash. Brimstone was a good cargo, provided it didn’t burn or get spilled, and Hagen had planned to port at Dellash anyway, according to Rhylla. Kharl didn’t complain about the delay because he appreciated being able to begin to walk on a steady deck. His damaged boot had been patched, but he felt unbalanced, even though he had lost just his littlest toes, rather than his largest. By the evening before the Seastag’s departure, Kharl was walking with a slight limp, and the stabbing in his ribs had receded to a dull ache. He’d tried a little work with the lathe, but he could only manage it for a quarter of a glass before the pain in his ribs began to worsen. He stopped, but that was better than he had been doing. After sitting on Tarkyn’s stool for a time, he made his way back onto the main deck. The sun was hanging above the low hills, just to the south of where the Fakla River entered the harbor. There was enough of a sea breeze to carry the harbor odors inshore and leave the deck with the clean scent of the Eastern Ocean, although the breeze was brisk enough that the deck would be chill once the sun set. “Cooper?” called a voice. Kharl turned. Ghart, the second mate, stood several cubits aft. “Yes, ser?” “Captain and the first are on the poop. They’d like to see you.” “I’ll be right there.” Kharl headed aft and went up the ladder, carefully and slowly. So long as he moved smoothly, the pain in his ribs wasn’t too bad. Hagen and Furwyl stood waiting under the aft mast. Kharl stopped several cubits short of the two officers. “Captain, ser, you asked for me?” “That I did,” replied Hagen. “I’ve been thinking, Kharl. We’ve got a long voyage ahead. Tarkyn says you’re good, better than most ship’s carpenters. You saved us from losing everything. So, we’re going to pay you as the carpenter’s second.“ Hagen smiled. ”And you start wearing carpenters’ grays onboard. You won’t be doing deck work, but you’ll have to take in-port gangway watches once we get to Ruzor.“ “You use any sort of weapon besides that staff?” asked Furwyl. “I’m not bad with a cudgel,” Kharl said. “That might be a little handier on watch,” replied the first, with a laugh. Hagen handed Kharl a small pouch. “That’s your pay for the last eightday.” “Thank you, ser.” Kharl wasn’t quite sure what else to say. The captain nodded, as if he did not wish to be thanked. “Ghart is in charge of in-port watches. He’ll be letting you know which sections you’ll stand.” “Yes, ser.” “Tarkyn’s rustled up two sets of grays for you,” added Furwyl. “Says they’ll fit you just fine. We can use another subofficer.” “I’ll do my best, captain, ser.” “You already have,” Hagen replied. “More than most. That’s why you’re crew, now, for so long as you want.” “Yes, ser.” Hagen nodded, as if to dismiss Kharl, and the cooper—carpenter’s second—stepped back and climbed down the ladder. He doubted that he really wanted to remain a ship’s carpenter, but if he couldn’t find a place where he could be a cooper, at least he’d have shelter and coin and something useful to do—and with woods, which he knew. He stopped as pain shot through his ribs. Most healers were black mages. He wondered if The Basis of Order had sections on healing, and if they might teach him something about how to speed his own healing. He might as well read through it and see. He certainly couldn’t work full-time as a carpenter. Not yet. And, based on what he’d already experienced, the information—if he could understand it—might prove useful. LIII A-gainst strong blustering gusts that were nearly direct headwinds, it took the Seastag five days—with frequent tacking and the use of the engine—after leaving Worrak to make port in Ruzor. Kharl was glad for the respite, because every time the ship had rolled or pitched heavily, and he had been caught off guard, his ribs had reminded him that they had not yet healed. He thought that the efforts he had made to cultivate a sense of balance within himself had helped speed the healing, but that could have been wishful thinking. Whatever the reason, there were times—brief moments—when they did not ache, and those seemed more frequent with each day. Even so, he was glad that the Seastag had ported, even if Hagen had said that they would be in Ruzor but two days. Kharl had two in-port watches, but one was that afternoon, and the second the following morning. Ghart had given him an easy watch schedule, clearly in deference to his injuries, but Kharl had no doubts that his duties in other ports would include night and midwatches. He had been down in the carpenter shop since after breakfast, using the tools to tighten the grip on the cudgel he’d taken from the weapons locker, and was headed back up to replace it. He stopped halfway up the ladder from the carpenter shop as he heard voices from the main deck, as if two people were standing right outside the hatch. “… most fortunate to have captured the pirates… understand you have a cargo of two hundred stone of brimstone…” “… already have a binding contract for the brimstone… sell it here… and Synadar wouldn’t give me a copper were I broke and legless…” “… understand that, but the Prefect is willing to pay a third more than your contract price… would free cargo space…” “Why is the Prefect of Gallos so interested in my cargo of brimstone?” asked Hagen. “The Prefect is having trouble with the province of Kyphros… the Prince of Analeria is always claiming another part of Gallos… The prince has no mages, and gunpowder is useful.” “His troubles don’t matter to me,” replied Hagen. “All a trader’s got is his reputation. I sell out a cargo and a buyer, I lose that buyer, and anyone he tells…” “It’s not wise to anger…” “It’s not wise for you to anger him.” Hagen laughed. “The Prefect doesn’t have more than twoscore lancers here in Ruzor. The pier’s stone and long. You send ‘em down that pier, and I’ll cut the lines and be off. Then I’ll tell every trader to steer clear. Ruzor’s the Prefect’s only port, and he’s got no fleet.” “… you’re a hard man, captain. Someday, you’ll regret that.” “Regret what? Being honest? Being fair?” There was a long silence. “… tariffs are twenty golds on the cotton, the Brystan apples, and the tin ingots.” “That’s twice what they were last year,” Hagen pointed out, his voice indifferent. “That’s what they are.” “They are what they are, and I’ll report them to the buyers.” “… seeing as you didn’t know…” “Whatever they are… we report them. And you’ll give me a receipt for that amount.” “Eleven golds.” The words were nearly spit out. “We’re always happy to pay what is levied by the lord of the land,” Hagen said cheerfully. “We want everyone to know what we paid and to whom.” The voices faded as steps on the deck above indicated that the two men had moved away from the forecastle hatch above. Kharl waited several moments before climbing up, then going out on the main deck. He stopped for a moment and looked to the east and north. Ruzor sat on the east side of the Phroan River, underneath the cliffs serving as the western ramparts against the high desert that extended westward from the Little Easthorns. It was an old port town, and despite being located on the northeast edge of a large natural bay, had but a single long stone pier for oceangoing vessels. Farther seaward was a long stone breakwater, with a squarish gray stone tower fortress at its terminus. Under a clear sky and a sun that shed little heat, the Seastag was tied between the set of bollards farthest out into the harbor. Kharl headed for the watch locker, where he replaced the cudgel and secured the locker. Turning slowly, he watched as Hagen handed a leather bag to a bearded and bulky man wearing a dark blue winter jacket, its collar trimmed with golden fur. The bearded man took the pouch, bowed slightly, and walked down the gangway with stiff and jerky steps. His steps lengthened once he was on the pier, but they were still abrupt and forced. Kharl eased toward Ghart, who had the in-port deck watch until noon. “… not a happy man, ser,” the second said to Hagen. “That kind never is. There won’t be any shore leave, but tell the crew we’ll make that up in Southport. I’m going below. Have to tell the engineer to keep some coals hot in the firebox.” “Yes, ser.” As Hagen neared the carpenter second, he nodded. “Ser.” Kharl returned the nod. “How are those ribs?” “Better every day.” “Good to hear that.” Hagen stepped past Kharl and across the deck, before heading through the hatch to his cabin. “Ser.” Kharl addressed Ghart, who remained beside the end of the gangway. “I fixed the grip on the cudgel and replaced it in the weapons locker.” He handed over the heavy bronze key. “That’s good. No shore leave, and that’ll mean your watches will be quiet. ‘Less that customs’ weasel gets the local lancers riled up.” “Was that who the captain was talking to when I came topside? He didn’t look pleased.” “He wasn’t. Tried to inflate the tariff, pocket the difference. Weasel. Surprised you couldn’t smell him from across the deck.” Ghart shook his head. “The Prefect rules Kyphros with folk like that, and he won’t be keeping it long.” “I don’t know,” mused Kharl. “You’d think so, but…” “Could be,” replied Ghart. “Folks are always fearing change.” He glanced back along the pier, but the customs enumerator had disappeared. “They’re always afraid change will make things worse.” Kharl chuckled ruefully. “For most folks, it does.” “You’re saying that things never change,” Ghart said. “ ‘Cause the worse they get, the more folk fear they’ll get even worse.” “Until they know they can’t get worse…” “You’re a cheerful sort today, carpenter.” Kharl offered a rueful smile. “Experience.” “Don’t think I want to know. Seen enough I’d rather not see again.” Ghart turned to look at the long wagon being driven down the pier toward the Seastag. “Need to get the off-loading crew. Looks like the cotton factor.” Kharl slipped away to the railing near the bow. From there, he looked over the old town once more, taking in the ancient gray stone buildings and those newer dwellings, few as they were, with white plaster walls farther westward on the narrow bluff. Ghart’s words echoed through his thoughts, and Kharl wondered just what it might take to get people to want to change a poor ruler, or if they feared change so much that no ruler would ever be changed except by death or conquest. LIV ( Jxharl looked down at the pier, and then out at Ruzor. A glass had passed since he had taken the deck watch, and the cotton factor’s wagons had come, been loaded, and departed. Two long and heavy wagons remained on the pier, and the deck crew was finishing the off-loading of tin ingots. Kharl walked slowly in a circle, around the quarterdeck—that ill-defined area on the main deck immediately inboard of the head of the gangway down to the pier. The late-afternoon wind had picked up, and the sun had dropped behind the bluffs to the west of Ruzor so that the Seastag and the pier sat in shadow, chilled further by the wind out of the northeast. Glad that he had kept his winter jacket and was wearing it over the carpenters’ grays, Kharl stopped pacing and stood by the railing, looking down and across at the metal factor’s men placing the tin ingots in the second wagon. The only movements on the pier were those of the loaders, and the only ones Kharl could see on the Seastag were the winch crew, although he knew some of the deckhands were down in the hold loading the heavy canvas slings. “Last ingots!” came the call from the hold. “Last load,” Furwyl relayed from where he stood on the forward section of the poop. The metal factor, a solid figure in a heavy brown work jacket, raised his arm in acknowledgment. The heavy sling rose out of the hold and then swung out to the pier and down onto the stone beside the wagon. The cotton had been loaded directly into the wagons, but the ingots were not. Was that because they were so much heavier that the wrong placement on the wagon could bend or snap an axle? By the time the dock loaders had placed the last ingots on the wagon, the boom was secured in its stowed position and the deck crew was folding up the sling and replacing the hatch cover. “Winch and deck crew, you can knock off.” Bemyr’s voice cut through the afternoon. “For what?” mumbled someone. “Nowhere to go.” “You heard the captain. No shore leave here. More shore leave in Southport. It’s warmer there, anyway.” “Yeah…” “… except the women…” “You couldn’t get a woman here, either, Sonlat.” “… and the ale’s flat… flat as the women…” “Men aren’t any better,” cracked one of the women riggers. A series of laughs followed as the men and the two muscular women drifted into smaller groups. Kharl turned his attention back to the now-empty pier, a long stretch of gray stone, tinged with pink in some places and the green of algae in others. The only other vessel at the pier was an old fishing schooner. The sunlight falling on the harbor waters to the south and east of the Seastag suggested that sunset was still a glass or so away. “Quiet so far, carpenter?” asked Furwyl, easing up to the quarterdeck. “Yes, ser.” “I’ll be checking the manifests with the captain. Let us know if you see anything strange.” “Yes, ser.” As the first crossed the deck, Kharl glanced at the cudgel set against the railing forward of the gangway, then back to the pier. He looked farther west, toward the town. Was that someone on the harbor road? He scanned the pier and harbor, but his eyes kept going back to the road, and before too long he could see a rider moving at a quick trot toward the squarish heavy-timbered building that held the portmaster and the customs enumerator. The traveler neared the port building and tied his mount outside. Kharl kept looking back toward the port building, but it was about a quarter of a glass later before the rider emerged and vaulted into his saddle. The rider was in uniform, probably a lancer of some sort, and he was continuing along the road bordering the harbor, his mount carrying him past the pier and toward the breakwater—and the fort that squatted on the seaward end. Kharl did not want to ring the alarm bell, but he did think that either Furwyl or Hagen should know. He glanced around. No one was nearby. He crossed the deck quickly and stepped into the passageway way leading to the mates’ cabins, and that of the captain. The hatch door to the captain’s cabin was ajar, and he knocked. “Yes?” “Captain, ser, there’s a lancer riding from the port building to the fort on the end of the breakwater. I didn’t know if you wanted to know, but the second told me that the customs enumerator was not to be trusted…” “He’s still riding? How do you know—” began Furwyl, turning. The captain lurched up from behind the table. “On deck, first. Back to your post, carpenter.” Kharl hurried back to the quarterdeck. From there he watched as Hagen climbed to the poop, a spyglass in hand. The captain only watched for a moment before calling to Furwyl, “Have the engineer go to emergency fire-up!” “Yes, ser.” Furwyl dropped down the ladder to the engine spaces. Kharl kept watching both the pier and the breakwater. The lancer had not yet reached the breakwater fort. The carpenter second had not realized just how far out the breakwater was and how much the harbor road wound between the base of the pier and the breakwater. Still, it wasn’t that long before the lancer was on the breakwater road heading to the fort. As Kharl watched, he could smell coal smoke, and after a few more moments, a thin line of black began to flow from the stack. Bemyr’s whistle shrilled through the late afternoon. “All hands! All hands! Deck crew, make ready to cast off. Make ready to cast off! Harbor rig! Harbor rig!“ Furwyl appeared beside Kharl. “We’ll leave the midships line in place and the gangway down. You know of anyone who’s left the ship?” “No, ser.” “Good.” The first turned, and two of the crew—one burly man and an equally burly woman—dashed down the gangway onto the pier, the woman going forward, the man aft. “Single up!” Furwyl ordered. “Single up!” “Singling up!” “Clear the aft line!” The seaman by the aft line loosened it, then hurried back up the pier to the gangway, but waited. “Aft line clear.” “Clear the forward line.” “Forward line clear.” After undoing the forward line, the woman retreated to the single cleat beside the gangway, where the other sailor joined her. Both forward and aft lines were pulled in. “Clear the midships line.” The two unwound the line from the cleat, down to a single loop, then sprinted up the gangway. Kharl watched as the line flowed away and off the cleat as the deck crew reeled it in. “Up the gangway.” After the gangway was winched up and back, Kharl locked the quarterdeck railing back in place flush with the fixed railing. With the cold wind out of the northeast filling the sails, the Seastag swung away smartly from the stone pier. The smoke from the stack thickened, and Kharl could hear a low groaning as the engine began to turn over, slowly, then stop because there wasn’t enough pressure in the boilers yet. Even without the engine, the ship was headed seaward under sail with fair headway. Kharl glanced from the pier to the fort at the end of the breakwater. From what he could tell, Hagen was piloting the Seastag into the section of the channel closest to the fort. While Kharl knew the captain must have had a reason, he had no idea what that might have been. The ship was nearing the fort, but was still a good kay away from the closest approach, which Kharl judged to be a kay and a half. Cruump! Something flew through the forward yards and landed another fifty rods south of the ship. A gout of water gushed skyward. Kharl realized that the something had been a shell from a cannon in the fort. Thivup… thwup… Slowly… too slowly, it seemed, the paddle wheels began to turn. Another shell whistled overhead and landed in the water less than five rods to starboard. “Hard port!” Hagen ordered. The Seastag turned port, headed almost directly at the breakwater, losing speed with each rod. Yet another shell slammed into the blue-gray harbor waters, barely off the starboard quarter, and another gout of water erupted skyward. Although the paddle wheels were beginning to pick up a slow and even rhythm, even Kharl could tell that the ship was losing headway and might soon even lose steerageway. He could also see the water ahead lightening as they neared the shallows that sloped up to the breakwater, and the fort. “Hard starboard!” came the command. “Full power!” As the Seastag turned back to starboard, and the sails caught the wind nearly full once more, the ship seemed to leap forward—and not a moment too soon. There was the faintest scraping on the port side, as if the hull had run against the edge of a sandbar or a rock, and then another cannon shell exploded into the water less than five rods directly aft of the sternpost. “Steady on zero nine zero!” ordered Hagen. Another shell slammed through the rigging, and this time, a rain of debris pattered and clattered down onto the poop deck. Kharl looked up. One of the sails on the starboard side had been ripped loose of the bottom rigging and flapped in the wind. The footlines dangled, and the end gaff was missing. The paddle wheels turned over a shade faster with each moment, and the ship continued to gain speed. The Seastag had passed the end of the breakwater and was now moving away from the fort at a goodly clip, the open water between the Gallosian fort and the ship increasing. “Twenty starboard!” ordered Hagen. Just as the ship settled onto the new heading, another shell struck just off the port quarter, close enough and with sufficient force to throw a spray of water across the forecastle. Kharl could even feel some of the spray from where he stood midships on the starboard side. Glancing aft, he could see that once the Seastag had cleared the shallower waters seaward from the breakwater, Hagen had turned the ship onto a heading that presented only the stern to the cannon of the fort, keeping the ship’s exposure to cannon fire as narrow as possible. Another shell exploded in the waters aft of the Seastag. Kharl waited for another shell, perhaps to strike the ship itself, but no other shells were fired, not that he could see or hear. Furwyl took the ladder down from the poop and crossed the deck to Kharl. “Captain thinks we’re out of range now.” He looked at the chunks of wood and line, and several pulleys, that lay across the main deck. “You and Tarkyn are going to be busy replacing gaffs and booms,” Hagen said. “Lucky they didn’t hit either of the masts square.” “I don’t know as it was luck, ser, was it?” “Captain did his best, and he’s good, carpenter, but there’s always luck.” Furwyl nodded and headed toward the bosun. “Bemyr! Get a crew here to clean up the mess.” Kharl looked back into the twilight that was beginning to descend on Ruzor and the squat Gallosian fort on the breakwater. Why were people so vindictive? Hagen had done what was right, and the customs enumerator and the Prefect’s armsmen had tried to punish him and sink the Seastag because they hadn’t gotten their way. Yet they would have been outraged had they been the buyers of the brimstone, and Hagen had sold it to someone else. He shook his head. The Prefect’s enumerator and Egen were the same sort, wanting things, their own way and vindictive when they were thwarted. Did having power turn people that way? Kharl laughed. It wasn’t as though he’d ever be tempted in that fashion. Coopers and carpenters never got that kind of power. LV Another five days passed before the Seastag made her way into the port at Diehl, the most sheltered harbor that Kharl had seen. A forested peninsula guarded the seaward approach, looming over the deep channel that was less than two kays wide at the harbor entrance. Once past the entry, the Seastag steamed almost due west through a bay more than thirty kays wide, and from the half day that it took to reach the actual port, more than fifty kays in length. Only the Great North Bay at Lydiar had been larger, almost an inland sea, as Kharl recalled. Kharl had been assigned the morning deck watch the day after the ship had arrived, and Hagen had appeared almost as soon as the carpenter had taken his station on the quarterdeck, opposite the still-empty pier. “We’ve got the copper to off-load and some of the woolens we picked up in Nylan. Expect their port-mistress anytime, or one of the assistants. Just give me a call or ring the bell twice. I don’t need to tell you, but be exceedingly polite.” With a nod, Hagen had turned and returned to his cabin, leaving Kharl on the deck under high clouds, on the warmest morning Kharl had experienced in eightdays. As Bemyr supervised the deck crew’s removal of both hatch covers, Kharl studied the port and the land beyond. Diehl itself was the smallest port town Kharl had seen, not that he had seen many, with only two warehouses behind the port-mistress’s structure at the foot of the single pier—a structure of old and heavy timber supported by equally old and massive stone columns. The Seastag was the only vessel tied at a pier large enough for two ocean traders. The water in the bay was a warm blue, unlike the late-autumn dark blue of the Eastern Ocean or the harbor waters at the Candarian towns and cities where the Seastag had previously ported, and the air was warmer—and moister. Beyond the port area, everything was green— differing shades of green in a canopy of trees that stretched to the horizon in every direction where there was land. A glass passed before a silver-haired woman walked down the pier toward the Seastag. Kharl had not seen her appear, but he almost nodded to himself, thinking that the port-mistress would probably be older. But as the woman neared, he could see from the unlined face and slender figure that the woman was anything but old. He’d heard that druids were silver-haired, but the druid approaching the ship was the first he had ever seen. He continued to watch, even as he stepped forward to greet her. The silver-haired figure walked up the gangway with a grace that looked youthful and had to be mature. That Kharl knew. Women were almost always the graceful ones, while girls betrayed their age through a myriad of little traits, including a touch of uneasiness and awkwardness with their movements. “Greetings,” Kharl offered, inclining his head. “Are you here about the cargo?“ The druid studied Kharl before finally speaking. “You are not from Reduce.“ “No. I’m from Brysta.” Kharl almost stepped back from her, so strong was the feeling of her presence… and a swirling linkage of both the whiteness—except it was unlike any whiteness he had sensed before— and a deeper blackness, although that seemed more like what he had felt from the mage in Nylan. She paused. “Will you be here long?” “The ship? The captain decides that. We have to off-load cargo, for you. Let me summon him. He wanted to know as soon as you arrived.” “No… not yet. I will be back with those for the cargoes.” She turned and walked back down the gangway. Kharl frowned, wondering what he had done wrong—or if he had. “Carpenter? What did you say to her?” Furwyl crossed the deck. “I asked if she were the one we had cargo for, and… she didn’t say, now that I think about it. Then, she asked how long we would be here, and I said that it was up to the captain, but that we would be here until we off-loaded. She said that she would be back with those for the cargo.” At the last words, Furwyl relaxed. “If she said that, she’ll be back. They never tell lies.” He frowned. “I wonder why she came aboard. Haven’t seen that one before.” “She had deep green eyes,” Kharl said, not knowing quite why he did. “You leave them alone,” the first mate said, “if you value your life and health. Unless, of course, they ask you. Then, I hear, you’re a lucky fellow.“ Kharl understood. He’d felt the power in the woman, a strange sort of power, an intertwining of golden whiteness with deep blackness. “I’ll tell the captain that they know we’re here.” “Yes, ser.” Kharl looked down the pier, but the druid had vanished. At least another glass passed. Kharl was looking forward to being relieved when noon came. When he scanned the pier, he saw two druids, both with silver hair, walking down the pier toward the ship, accompanied by another figure, a man in gray, with light brown hair. Furwyl was at the gangway almost instantly, followed by the captain. Kharl stood back, behind them. The first druid up the gangway was not the one Kharl had met. She was shorter, with amber eyes, and she turned directly to Hagen. “Captain.” “Port-mistress… I had heard your assistant was here… I hope… we did not offend…” The druid laughed, the sound warm. “If anything… I am her assistant. Dayala is one of the… she is of the Great Forest. She told me that your watcher”—she glanced to Kharl—“was most well-mannered, and she came to tell me that you bore our cargo. Would you mind if she and her consort have a few words with him?” “Has he…?” “No,” answered the druid Kharl had first met. “He is a most honest man. But he was injured, and we would like to see if we could aid him.” “By all means.” Hagen bowed his head. “We will talk of cargoes while they talk to your man,” suggested the port-mistress. The brown-haired man, Kharl realized, was also a druid, with the same interweaving of order and chaos, and he motioned toward the bow. Kharl followed the two up the ladder and forward until the three stood beside the bowsprit. The man smiled politely. “Dayala said that you’re from Brysta.” “I am. Are you?” Kharl asked politely. “No, and it doesn’t matter, not really. I’m from Wandernaught, but you reminded her of someone I used to know.” The druid shrugged. Kharl could sense clearly the coiled power in the man, power that made the white wizard he had killed seem less than a summer mist in comparison. “I don’t think we’ve ever met.” The other laughed. “We have not, and I doubt we’ll ever meet again. But one never knows. If you don’t mind, would you answer a few questions?” “I suppose so.” Kharl was wary. “Justen… he still suffers from the injuries to his ribs. We should help there first,” suggested Dayala. Justen shook his head, then laughed, before speaking. “She has the right of it. She usually does. I trust you won’t mind if we repair the rib that hasn’t begun to heal right?” One of his ribs wasn’t healing right? “It was broken inside, and there’s…” The man frowned. “Let’s just say that if you got hit again there, you might not live through it.” “You can do that? Without cutting into me?” “It will not hurt,” said Dayala. “Why… would you…” “Because it’s better for us, and better for you. We’ll explain afterward.” Kharl nodded. “It’s easier if we touch you. Do you mind?” “As long as you don’t jab,” Kharl said dryly. Their touch was so light that the carpenter almost did not feel either of their hands, hers on his wrist, and Justen’s on the back of his neck. What he did feel was a golden warm darkness flowing into his chest, then an easing of a tightness that he had not even realized was there. The two lifted their hands from Kharl. “Your own order can finish the healing, and that will take time,” Dayala said. “Try not to injure yourself for the next eightdays.” Kharl frowned. “You can sense order and chaos, can you not?” the woman asked. Kharl looked to her, then to Justen. “It could be that you haven’t recognized them that way,” Justen went on. “Sometimes, when you see a person, is there a whitish fog or mist around them, one that others don’t see? Or a darkness? The white means that someone is using chaos, the dark that he or she is using order…” “Like you do?” asked Kharl. “I’m somewhere between a druid and a gray mage,” admitted the druid. “You seem drawn more directly to order. You work with both wood and iron, do you not?” “I was a cooper.” The druid nodded. “You must have been very good, and I daresay that the better you got, the poorer your business became and the more unseen enemies that you gained.” “Something like that.” Kharl had the feeling that the other could see inside his head, and his feelings. “What do you want with me?” “Dayala and I don’t want anything from you or with you. She feels that you are an ordered soul who could do much good wherever you go. It’s obvious that you don’t quite understand what has happened to you. Not totally, anyway. It’s simple enough. You want order and what you’d call truth in your life, and you try to create it. Most people have trouble with that kind of directness, and because you don’t understand your power, you haven’t yet figured out how to be direct and ordered with yourself without unintentionally imposing that order on others.” Kharl was still wary, but he could sense none of the white chaos about the druid. What chaos the druid had was bounded in strips of golden black, or perhaps they were wound together. “Most times when I’ve tried to do the right thing, in recent years, it has not gone well…” “It is often that way when one such as you discovers himself,” Dayala said. “You must try to learn more about who you are and what you can do…” “You also need to understand,” Justen added, his tone sardonic, “that order, fairness, and justice, all those things you value, generally are less well regarded than gold, coins, and possessions by most people, and especially by those in power.” “How do you know so much about me?” asked Kharl. “It is written within you,” answered Dayala. “Your spirit holds the honest darkness of order, and your thoughts the power of chaos. Your back and your ribs bear witness to the cruelty of others. Your captain is a good man, and he thinks well of you.” “But the sea is not your home,” added Justen, “although it can help you find where you belong.” “Where might that be?” Justen laughed. “That’s up to you. But… if you choose to leave where you were born, you will need to return there before you depart to make a new home. Otherwise, both will war within you.” Dayala frowned. “Did I say something wrong? Again?” asked Justen. Kharl looked from Justen to Dayala. “In time,” she said, “when you are sure, return home, and do what you must do. Do it with care, and with thought, and not with hatred. Hatred will destroy you.” The two druids looked at each other and nodded, then stepped away. Kharl felt so dazed that he just watched for a moment, then started to follow them. From the ladder she was descending, Dayala looked at Kharl. “We all must find ourselves by ourselves. Only after that can we find others.” Kharl stopped, then waited a time before descending and walking back to the quarterdeck. Furwyl appeared. “Are you all right?” “I’m fine. Surprised, a little dazed.” Kharl shook his head. “They did something to my ribs… took away most of the pain.” The first smiled, wryly. “Lucky man. Most folks they leave alone. Only heard of them healing a few. All of ‘em lived to a healthy old age.” He paused. “Good omen for the rest of the voyage.” It might be, but was it a good omen for Kharl? The idea of having to return to Brysta—for any reason—wasn’t exactly appealing. Not at all. LVI lhe next trading leg—from Diehl to Southport—was the longest yet between Candarian ports, taking seven days, partly because of the tacking required, and because Hagen used the Seastag’s engine sparingly to avoid burning any more coal than he had to. It was also busier for Kharl and Tarkyn, with all the rigging repairs necessitated by the Gallosian cannon, repairs that they had put off because of the rough seas between Ruzor and Diehl and had not finished in Diehl. The Seastag neared the outer edge of Southport harbor in midmorn-ing, under harbor rigging and with the paddle wheels providing a good portion of the ship’s headway in the light quartering breeze. Kharl stood on the foredeck, enjoying the luxury of not having to be a part of the winch or deck crew and looking out across the blue waters of the harbor toward the dwellings scattered on the hillside above the harbor, white structures set amid the greenery. While the buildings of Southport looked far more recently constructed than any of the Candarian ports where the Seastag had so far docked, the port had a very different feeling—at least to Kharl. Was that because he was finally feeling healed? Kharl couldn’t help but frown as Hagen brought the Seastag past the outer breakwater, a long rampart of white stone stacked together, but not mortared or joined. Cut stones, he realized, but stones later broken, then piled to form the breakwater. Or had the breakwater once been a white stone wall against the Eastern Ocean, a wall broken by time—or cannon? Or the remnants of something else piled into the offshore waters? Tarkyn stepped up beside Kharl. “Good to be in a warmer port. Not so gray and chill here. Not too hot, either, not like Swartheld.” “Is all of Hamor hot all the time?” “Some of it’s just warm. Mostly, it’s hot.” Tarkyn snorted. “Atla’s the worst. Like standing between a pair of coal stoves. Happy we’re not going there this voyage.” Kharl saw four long piers, two without ships tied at them. He didn’t see a pilot boat, but the Seastag continued toward an empty pier. “How does he know which pier? Or does it matter?” “In Southport? It matters. The Marshal’s Arms’ll make you move your vessel if you’re three rods off center in your berth.” Tarkyn pointed. “See the white banner with the green square? And the flag with the number one? Tells the captain he’s got the first berth on that pier.” The paddle wheels slowed as the Seastag neared the designated pier, where two line-handlers waited. “Forward line!” ordered Bemyr. “Aft line.” Once the lines were secured to the white bollards, the paddle wheels thwupped to a halt, and the deck crew walked the Seastag in toward the pier. “Double up! Make it lively!” ordered Bemyr. The Seastag was soon snug against the fenders that cushioned her planks from the pier, a long solid structure entirely of white stone, all of the same shade, but with stones of differing lengths and thicknesses. Kharl could also sense something odd about the way the pier felt, as though it were ancient. He looked to Tarkyn, standing beside him. “What do you know about Southport?” “It’s just another port.” Kharl looked at the sections of white stone that comprised the pier. He could sense that deep within the stone there was chaos overlaid and linked with order. “I don’t think so.” “You don’t think so?” “Your second’s right, Tarkyn,” said Ghart from behind the two carpenters. “Some say it’s the oldest port in Candar. That pier there, the Marshal of Southwind had it built some two centuries back, all out of stone dredged from the harbor bottom. Came up without moss, just like it’d been fresh-quarried. See how sharp the lines are. No one knew how long it had been there, either.” “Another of your stories.” Tarkyn snorted. “Ask the captain, if you don’t believe me. Or one of the Marshal’s Arms, if you dare.“ Tarkyn just grunted, not looking at the second mate. Kharl repressed a smile. “I’ll be giving the in-port deck watch schedule, carpenters,” Ghart added. “Tarkyn, you’ll be having the afternoon watches, and Kharl, you’ll be having the evening watches for the first two days. Then you two will switch. We don’t have that much to off-load here, but we’ll be staying a few days to give the crew a break. That’s what the captain promised.“ “Can I go ashore for a bit after we’re secured?” Kharl asked. “Don’t see why not, so long as you’re back by the fifth glass past noon.“ “Thank you.” Kharl nodded and slipped down to the carpenter shop, where he reclaimed his staff. Then he made his way back to the main deck, carrying the black staff. He had decided to take it, whether or not it falsely marked him as a blackstaffer. He’d seen enough to realize that Candar was a dangerous place, at least as deadly to the unprepared as… He struggled for a comparison… as Brysta had been for him? Ghart looked at Kharl—and the staff. “Remember. Back by the fifth glass.“ “I’ll be here,” Kharl promised. Ghart just nodded. Kharl walked down the gangway and along the white stone surface of the pier toward the harbor buildings and the city beyond. The stone blocks of the pier had clearly come from different structures, but from what he could see, there were no markings, no letters, and no inscriptions on the stone. Who would have gone to the trouble of cutting so much stone without so much as a single letter or carving? And why, if Ghart had been telling the truth, would the stone have been dumped into the bottom of the harbor? At the foot of the pier stood two women, each wearing an armless blue tunic over a long-sleeved white undertunic. In one hand, each held a long truncheon. Each also wore two scabbards suspended from their leather belts, holding paired shortswords, one on each side, the kind reputed to have been used by the women of Westwind and the Legend. The taller woman looked at the staff. “You intending to stay here?” Kharl had to concentrate. The way the woman spoke was different. After a moment, he shook his head. “I’m the carpenter second on the Seastag.” “Why the staff?” “I was given it in Nylan and told to discover who I was. So I signed on as crew. After a while, the captain decided my experience as a cooper fitted me to help the carpenter.” The patroller—or Marshal’s Arm, if that was what she happened to be—nodded. “Most won’t trouble you.” She paused. “You looking for anything?” “Just some time on land, maybe something to eat. Have to be back before long.” “Enjoy yourself. Best taverns are beyond Third Circle.” “Thank you.” Kharl nodded politely and continued past the two and toward a squarish structure set on the other side of the stone-paved avenue fronting all the piers. Behind him, he could sense the two patrollers talking, but not what they said. He walked past the square white stone building with the lettered sign on one side. The first line, he could read. It said: Port-Mistress. The lines below were in different languages. One, from the swirls of the letters, he thought was the old tongue, and he suspected the third line was in Hamorian. The fourth—that one he couldn’t even have guessed. There was actually a signpost on the avenue, proclaiming it as First Circle. That probably meant that all the roads around the harbor were circles. Kharl decided to follow First Circle for at least a few blocks, heading more toward what looked to be the center of Southport. After he walked past the warehouses west of the port-mistress’s building, Kharl passed a large chandlery, then a cooperage. Both were wooden-framed buildings, painted shades of blue. He continued on, walking past a cotton factor’s. Looking down the avenue, he just saw more shops and warehouses, some of white stone, others of plank and timber, but all in some combination of white and blue. A number of wagons, most drawn by two horses, passed him, some heading in his direction, others passed him in the direction of the pier holding the Seastag. Some of the teamsters were men, but an equal number were women. The next cross street headed to his right, up a gradual slope, and bore the name Hill Road. Kharl turned onto it, immediately passing a small spice shop and another shop that displayed vials of oils; aromatic oils, he surmised from the scents that wafted into the street. At the next corner, opposite a cafe of some sort, he stopped and studied the area, taking in a cabinetmaker’s establishment across from the cafe, and a potter’s beyond that. Most of the shops and dwellings had front porches with long, overhanging eaves, and rain barrels set at the corners to catch runoff from the tiled roofs. Looking beyond the intersection, Kharl could see, farther uphill, where Hill Road continued and turned to the northeast, rising evenly toward a gap in the forested hillside above the regularly spaced dwellings on the lower hillside. He looked at the hillside higher still, noting that despite the covering of trees there was a pattern, almost as if the entire hillside had once been smoothed, then regular sets of rounded mounds, all of differing sizes, had been placed there, with the trees being added later. There was something… He nodded to himself. Buildings, or dwellings, had once been spaced there, on each side of long and regular streets, and they had covered the entire hillside, and they had fallen into ruins and been covered by time and vegetation. That also suggested that few, if any, people had lived in the area, because the ruined dwellings had not been extensively quarried for building stones. The cooper walked on uphill for more than a kay before the houses began to thin out, each having more ground, including small orchards with trees in orderly rows and stone-walled meadows. The wall stones were neatly cut and mortared, but even from the side of the road where he walked, Kharl sensed ‘that they were old. A young woman walked downhill toward the center of Southport, pushing a handcart and accompanied by a girl who barely came to her waist. As the two neared him, Kharl saw, in the railed space on the top of the handcart, several baskets covered with cloths. Her eyes strayed from Kharl to the staff, and a faint smile crossed her lips as she spoke. Kharl didn’t understand a syllable of the clipped words, although he thought she was asking him to buy something. At that point, he noted the single shortsword at her belt. She spoke again, haltingly, in what was not her native tongue. “The buns… the best.” Kharl was hungry. That he had to admit. “How much?” She looked puzzled. Kharl fished two coppers out of his wallet and held up one. She shook her head. He held up two. She nodded and lifted the cloth off the top of a basket set in a rack on the cart. Then she pointed to the raisin buns and held up one finger. Kharl handed over the two coppers and waited to see her reaction. She studied the coins, then nodded. Kharl took the largest bun, easily the size of a small loaf. “Thank you.” She smiled a last time before continuing onward. Kharl found that it took him little time to eat the entire bun. As he finished, he licked his fingers and wished he had an ale, but all he had seen on the road nearby were dwellings. Several thoughts crossed his mind. First, he wondered about the woman with her daughter. The patrollers in Southport had spoken a version of Brystan, or perhaps Brystan was a version of what the patrollers spoke… but the woman had not. Was another language spoken in Southport? Or did the patrollers at the port know two tongues? He hadn’t thought about it, but he certainly should have. The second thought was more troubling. Why was he climbing up the road? He’d started out just to look around, but he had found himself almost compelled to continue uphill. Why? He studied the road and the dwellings, their neatly tended gardens and orchards that had already fruited and been picked, with the trees’ leaves graying for winter. There was a pull of some sort. Not exactly like the white mist or the blackness of Nylan, but similar, and it seemed to be coming from somewhere slightly uphill and to the east. After a moment, Kharl shook his head and resumed walking. After another hundred cubits, he found his feet turning right onto a lane that wound away from the main road. The lane turned more to the east and, after several hundred rods, passed through two stone posts, half-buried in berry bushes and set nearly fifty cubits apart. Ahead was a much larger mound—one that was a least three hundred cubits in length and fifty high. It had no trees upon it, just low bushes and tall grasses. Kharl stopped well short of where the foot-trod path came to a gradual end in browning grass and blotted his forehead. All the walking had left him warmer than he had anticipated. There was a sense of sadness, of ancient sorrow, emanating from the mound, and the feeling of attraction had subsided. Kh^rl kept looking, but he saw nothing out of the ordinary. He could only sense a diffuse and ancient chaos emanating from the mound, and that chaos was subtly but clearly different from that which he had experienced with the white wizard. “Well… have you figured it out yet?” Kharl turned to see a thin white-haired woman, wearing a faded gray tunic trimmed with scarlet, a garment that appeared almost military, yet one that was tailored to her. A miasma of blackness surrounded her, as it had the mage in Nylan. “I beg your pardon?” he said politely. “What drew you here, of course.” She pointed to his staff. “That’s the black staff of a beginning mage. Most never make it beyond that. With your age, you’re probably one of them.” “I’m not a mage. I’m just a ship’s carpenter taking a walk,” he replied. “What are you doing here?” “Getting late berries from back there, and, when I feel like it, waiting for folk like you. They all come here, sooner or later.” Her laugh was knowing, but full and almost soft, not the sort of cackle Kharl would have expected from a gaunt white-haired woman with eyes that had seen too much. “It’s the power in the mound. What would you do with it, if you could?” Kharl thought about denying what he’d sensed, then shrugged. “Nothing. I wouldn’t know where to start. Anyway, it’s the wrong kind of power for me. Could be that anyjdnd is.” “Power will come to you,” she replied. “Best you think about how you will use it, or it will end up using you.” She turned. “Is that all you have to say?” Kharl asked. The woman stopped and half turned. “What else would you have me say?” “I don’t know… You have a certain power yourself…” She laughed once more. “Nothing at all, a trifle. When you see true black power, you will understand that. At least, I would hope so. Good day, carpenter.” She turned and walked through the grass and northward into the bushes… and then disappeared. Kharl just looked for a time, then shook his head. He studied the mound once more, but could find nothing beyond the ancient sadness and strange buried combination of order and chaos. He finally walked back to Hill Road and downhill toward the harbor. When he reached Third Circle, remembering what the harbor patroller had said, he turned southwest, searching for a cafe or tavern that looked both inviting and not terribly costly. In the first block he walked along after turning off Hill Road, he passed a goldsmith’s, then a coppersmith’s and a jeweler’s, while on the south side of the street, he could make out a shop window filled with fine cabinetry of all types, and another displaying a gray cloak trimmed in a gold brocade. A tall gray-haired woman in shimmering black trousers, a white shirt, a gray jacket—and the paired shortswords at her belt—nodded as she passed him. An older man, also well dressed, but in a rich dark gray tunic and jacket and without weapons, smiled politely. Kharl had the definite feeling that, while there might be taverns on Third Circle, his wallet would be far lighter if he stopped in any of them. He decided to walk another block or so before heading down closer to the harbor. “Carpenter! Ser!” Kharl turned at the call, because he couldn’t imagine anyone calling him that unless it was someone from the Seastag. He saw a sailor standing beside a patroller outside a shop across the street. In the doorway was a tradesman in a leather vest, gesturing animatedly to the patroller. Kharl crossed the street and stopped several cubits short of the trio, now standing in front of a narrow window displaying various items crafted from silver. It took a moment for him to recall the sailor’s name. “Yes, Flasyn?” “Ser… they think I took something… but I didn’t.” “Wexalt says that your sailor made off with an object from his counter.” The patroller was an older but muscular woman in the same armless blue tunic as those worn by the harbor patrollers. She held a similar truncheon, with the shortswords at her belt, and inclined her head to the tradesman. Kharl disliked the tradesman on sight, although his face was open and guileless, and he offered an apologetic smile. “Can’t afford to lose things these days.” The words were false, genuine as they sounded, and Kharl tried not to show his dislike and skepticism. “Ser… I didn’t take nothing… I didn’t.” Kharl looked at the patroller, then at the merchant, who carried the faintest hint of the unseen white chaos. “What is he supposed to have taken?” “He lifted a silver rose. He must have dropped it when he knew he’d been seen.” Kharl looked at Flasyn. “Why were you in the silversmith’s shop?” “Ser… my Berye… she… well… I was lookin‘ for something special for her, but he told me to leave, and seem’ as I wasn’t welcome, I left straightaway…” The man’s words felt true, and Kharl turned to the merchant. “Do you do the silver work?” “What sort of…” “I just wondered. You don’t seem like a silversmith.” “My brother handles that. I take care of the accounts.” Kharl nodded, looking more directly at the man. “Did you see Flasyn take this rose?” “It was missing. No one else was in the shop recently.” Kharl forced a smile. “That could well be, but that does not mean Flasyn took it, or that anyone did. That’s why I asked if you had seen him take it.” The carpenter fingered his beard. “Can you honestly say you saw this rose in the shop just before Flasyn came in?” “He’s the thief! You should be questioning him.” Kharl turned to Flasyn. “Did you touch anything in his shop?” “No, ser. Couldn’t have. Only things that are out are big stuff, trays.” The patroller looked at Kharl and the dark staff, then at the merchant, then back at Kharl. “Is that staff yours?” “It is, ser.” “Where did you get it, if I might ask?” “It was given to me in Nylan by the Brethren who—” “Thought so.” The patroller looked to the merchant. “Do you really want to make that complaint, Wexalt?” The merchant licked his lips nervously. “I could have been mistaken, I suppose. It is missing, but I didn’t see him take it…” “I thought it might be something like that…” The patroller smiled at Kharl. “Better take your man back to your ship, ser.” “We’ll be heading back.” Kharl fixed his eyes on Flasyn. “Now.” “Ah… yes, ser.” As he turned toward the harbor and the outer pier that held the Seastag, Kharl did hear the patroller’s words. “… better be more careful, Wexalt… real staff… no one can even hold one of those unless it’s theirs… anyone who holds one doesn’t lie… you’d look like a fool… and if anything happens to one of those blackstaffers… doesn’t often… usually anyone who tries ends up dead… not too patient with games that hurt folk…” Kharl had hoped to have a bite to eat, but he was going to have to forgo that. He also had more to think about, especially about the comments of the woman on the hillside. LVII In the growing darkness of the late-fall evening, Kharl stood on the quarterdeck by the gangway, looking blankly down at the white stones of the pier, then up to the west, above the hills beyond Southport. There, the sky was fading from a deep purple to a violet blackness, and the stars were so clear that they seemed not to twinkle at all. The air was still comfortably warm, and only a hint of a breeze blew in from off the Eastern Ocean to the south. “Any of the crew back yet, carpenter?” Kharl turned to face Furwyl. “Not yet, ser.” Except for Flasyn, and he wasn’t about to mention that to the first. “Most of them won’t be back until after Bemyr relieves you. They missed shore leave in Ruzor. Be harder for some of them here.” Since Furwyl seemed in a talking mood, Kharl asked, “Why would that be?“ “Southport’s another place where the Legend is strong. Marshal of Southwind is a woman. Women run things. You saw those twin short-swords the Arms carry?” “They’re Westwind-type blades, aren’t they?” “That they are, and they can throw them as well as use one in each hand. Most women here are armed, and they won’t hesitate to use them. They’ll also use them on any man who seems to be getting the better of a woman. That said… some of them like sailors a lot, but they want to do the choosing. Some of the crew have a hard time with that.” “What happens?” “The captain has to pay their way out of the wayfarers’ gaol.” Furwyl laughed. “Usually means they end up owing a good chunk of their crew share to the captain. They remember that. It’s about the only thing that some of them recall. Let me know if there’s any trouble. I’ll be in my cabin.” While the first’s cabin was little more than a pantry-sized oblong with two bunks, he didn’t usually have to share it with anyone, Kharl reflected. “Yes, ser.” The deck was empty, and dim, the only lights being the stem and stern night lanterns, and the larger lantern that shed faint illumination on the quarterdeck and the top of the gangway. It had been a strange day, as many had been in the past two seasons. Something had happened to him. Everyone looked at him differently. But was that just because of the staff? Or had they always and he just hadn’t seen it? Or had it happened sometime in the last eightdays? He fingered his beard. It couldn’t be just the staff. He’d been having problems with some people before that. He’d angered Egen by keeping him from Sanyle. Why had he done that? Not because anyone had told him, but because he had felt that what Egen had been doing was wrong. Why had he felt that? Because he had felt it. There wasn’t a better answer. He nodded slowly. That suggested to him that doing the right thing was attuned to order, to the blackness he had seen in Nylan, in the druids, and in the ‘t_ strange woman on the hillside. He had always sensed it, but never thought much about it. He had just accepted those feelings, but others had not. Charee had been more concerned with how what he did affected the family. While Charee would never have harmed anyone, she also would not have gone out of her way to help someone if it might cause trouble for her or her children. Kharl had done what he felt was right, without thinking, and the result had been disastrous. He frowned again. He didn’t want to be like Charee—he couldn’t be that way. Yet doing as he had been doing was going to get him in trouble again, before long. What could he do differently? He laughed softly to himself. The answer was what the woman on the hill had said—to think about how to use his enhanced senses. Not to act thoughtlessly from his feelings but to learn to think about how to act in response to others’ actions. In a way, he had done that with Flasyn, without truly understanding why. He’d only known that saying that the merchant was the thief would have only made matters worse. Kharl looked out to the white oblong that was the pier. Despite the lack of light, it seemed clear enough to him. His night sight had always been good, but lately, or since leaving Brysta, it had seemed even better. But was it his eyes? Musing on that thought, he closed his eyes and tried to sense the pier and the gangway. Even without looking, they seemed clear to him. Was that just his imagination? He concentrated on the nearest part of the Seastag’s railing, then reached out and tried to place his hand just above the varnished surface. He opened his eyes. Even in the dimness he could tell that his fingers were but a span above the wood, and for the first time, he knowingly perceived the difference between what he was sensing and what he was seeing. He shivered as he stood there on the quarterdeck in the darkness, a darkness that was far less than that to him. What next? He had a little more power than he once had had. He frowned. No… he had known that the staff had given him some power, or he had thought it had been the staff, but from what the mage in Nylan had said, the two druids in Diehl, and the woman on the hill, and what he had just discovered… he had always had the ability. He just had not known it. His life had been like that—always learning late what he should have known earlier. That would have to change. How… he wasn’t quite sure, but whether it meant reading more of The Basis of Order and trying to find things in the book that he could do—or try—he had to so something more than travel and watch and react. He had to. LVIII Three days later, the Seastag steamed out of Southport and headed westward. Kharl found himself glad to be at sea, because he’d spent much of the in-port time working with a shipwright)to replace the metal rigging fittings that the Gallosian cannon had damaged or blown away. He’d decided against any more expensive meals, and read several more chapters of The Basis of Order. After three and a half days at sea, when Seastag tied up at a rickety wooden pier in Dellash, Kharl was still trying to figure out how he could put some of what he read into actual practice. No one had told Kharl much about Dellash, so that he’d finally had to ask Ghart, who had told him that Dellash was the port on the isle of Esalian. That Kharl had known, but not that it had been held by Lord Fentrel until, less than ten years before, the Duke of Delapra had enlisted a renegade wizard to bring down the hold around Fentrel, then taken the isle. The Seastag was the only ocean trader in the port that afternoon, and Kharl had taken The Basis of Order up on deck to read, since he would be taking the evening in-port deck watch once more. He had settled himself on the foredeck, with his back against the railing, out of the brisk northerly wind, and was debating where to begin, when he heard voices. “… run a tight ship, Hagen…” “… don’t keep a ship unless you do, honored Synadar. Would you like to go below to discuss matters?” “… nothing to discuss we can’t say out here. You have the brimstone?” “That we do—all hundred and fifty stone. It was a rather costly cargo.“ Kharl frowned. The customs enumerator at Ruzor had claimed the brimstone was two hundred stone. Or was the other fifty stone for another buyer? That had to be the answer, but Kharl wondered who the other buyer might be. “How so?” “The Prefect of Gallos wished to purchase it. We had to leave Ruzor rather quickly.” “And you sold him none?” “No,” replied Hagen. “I did not know for whom you acted. Were it him, I saved you coins. Were it someone at odds with him… that would have been even less wise.” “Some captains would not have shown such… restraint…” “Some captains might call it stupidity to overlook a quick and high profit,” replied Hagen. “Those are the ones who will die coinless or with a knife in the back.” “Stupidity? You have such contempt for extra coins?” “I like coin as much as the next man,” Hagen said. “But you don’t enjoy them by betraying committed buyers. Not for long.” “Such noble words, such honesty…” Synadar’s laugh was mocking. “So ethical…” Hagen laughed. “You have your cargo of brimstone. Would you have it were it not so?” “No… but you would not have ported here.” “Nor would I have ever been able to, and what would that have cost me, year after year?” “So much for your vaunted honesty, Hagen…” “Are you ready to have it off-loaded?” “Such haste.” “Haste indeed,” Hagen agreed. “Haste to obtain your coins. You surely understand that?” “I have them in the strongbox. Come… you can inspect them and begin off-loading.” Kharl did not budge as the two men moved away. He had felt Hagen’s honesty, and the chaotic dishonor of the trader. Hagen had acted fairly and honorably, but under the guise of self-interest, and the trader had accepted self-interest even while he had scorned the ideas of fairness. Was that deception on Hagen’s part? Did the book have any passages on deception and honesty? Kharl began to leaf through the pages until he found a section that looked like it might address his questions. The greatest danger in practicing deception is not the reaction of others, whether it be anger or cupidity. A greater danger is the cultivation of contempt for that which is. Deception is a practice of contempt, contempt for those whom one would deceive, and contempt for the world as it is. Just as understanding what is must be the first step toward using order, contempt for a true vision is the first step toward being the tool of power rather than its enlightened user… Kharl nodded. That made sense, but it didn’t offer him anything to do… He kept reading. In time, he came to another section. … often those inexperienced in using order will force raw order upon an object, thinking that such an effort will strengthen the object. Such an effort will indeed strengthen the object, even as it weakens the one who attempts this, but only so long as the would-be mage lavishes his strength. When his strength is spent, the object will become once more as it was. Far better is to study the object, and to learn how it is tied together with order and chaos, and to gently change those bonds in keeping with what the object is, for if weak bonds are properly replaced by strong bonds within the object itself, those bonds will remain strengthened, just as black iron remains stronger than iron forged without ordering… Kharl sat up. He had black iron on his staff, and there were iron brackets in the carpenter shop. Could he compare the two somehow? He closed the book and stood, uncoiling in the brisk afternoon wind and stretching, before heading below. The shop was empty, and Kharl eased his staff out of the overhead bin where he had replaced it and set it on the narrow bench against the bulkhead. Then he took out an iron bracket and set it on the bench, directly beside the banded section at one end of the staff. He looked at the two metals. The black iron was darker, indeed blackish to the sight, while the iron of the bracket was a duller gray. He couldn’t compare their weights, and he already knew that the black iron was harder. So he closed his eyes and tried to sense the difference between the two. Almost instantly, he could feel the aura of darkness tied to the black iron. He opened his eyes, and he still saw the difference. Was that because he was learning how to use some sort of order-sensing? He tried to sense the linkages or ordering within the black iron. At first, nothing happened. All he could feel was the order-darkness. But he knew there was more there. He tried to see if he could sense a difference in the grain of the metal. That made a difference, because the iron bracket somehow felt rough, almost jagged, in comparison to the black iron bands on the staff. Could he make plain iron into black iron? Somehow, the bracket looked large and heavy, even though it was only slightly larger than his hand and but a fraction of a thumbspan in thickness. Kharl bent down and looked in the bins below the bench, where he found an iron nail. He straightened and set it on the bench beside the staff. Then he concentrated on sensing just how the black iron felt, how the grain of the metal almost locked together. Could he somehow smooth the “roughness” of the nail into a pattern like that of the staff bands? He tried just imagining, visualizing that change. Nothing happened. Could he use his order-sense more like a forge hammer, in a regular rhythm, striking, shaping? How long he concentrated on that Kharl was not sure, except that a good quarter glass had passed, and the nail was darker—not quite with the smooth orderedness of the staff’s black iron, but far more ordered and… solid. As he looked at the nail, he felt light-headed and had to reach out and steady himself with a hand on the bench. He looked down at the iron nail once more, which was no longer gray iron, but a form of black iron. “I did it…” he murmured. But he felt so weak—and all for a little nail. He sat down on Tarkyn’s stool and took out the book. Doggedly, he began to skim through pages. Black iron should only be created while being forged… attempting to change less-ordered cold iron into black iron is possible only with great effort, enough to exhaust even the strongest of mages… Kharl didn’t know whether to shake his head or laugh. Once more, he had almost gotten himself into danger because he hadn’t been patient enough. He took a deep breath, then reached out and slipped the black iron nail into his wallet. Sometime, he might find a use for it, but if not, it might be a good reminder that he needed to try to learn more before he acted. Then, that had always been his problem—except where he had not acted at all. LIX Once through the Straits of Esalia and past Summerdock, where the Seastag did not port, Hagen brought the ship onto a course to the northwest for most of the day. In late afternoon, as Kharl took a break from working on a replacement for a top gaff that had splintered, and stood near the bow, he checked the position of the sun. Then he glanced to starboard, where he could just make out the thin line of darkness that was land. From what he could tell, the ship was headed back eastward. A glass or so earlier, Kharl had felt that the ship had begun to pitch more than earlier in the day, and ahead, the swells were deeper. He glanced up. Rhylla was standing just forward of the paddle wheels. Kharl walked toward the third mate. “Ser?” “Carpenter. How are you coming with that gaff?” “Be done later this afternoon.” Kharl gestured toward the distant shore. “Thought we were headed to Hamor.” “We are. The captain heard that the Suntasan went aground night before last, broke her back on the reefs of Cape Feer. So we’re headed to Biehl first. He didn’t tell anyone, not even the officers, until we were clear of Dellash.“ Kharl cocked his head. “Are we trying to get to pick up a cargo that the Suntasan would have taken?” “It’s cargo—fine china. Captain thinks we can take their cartage. No one else knows yet.” Rhylla paused. “Some skippers know that the Suntasan went aground, and there might be some that know Captain Ceagir was the regular shipper for the china folk, but the ones who know that don’t seem to be in this part of the Eastern Ocean. Captain thought it was worth a try.” “China’s worth that much?” “This is very special china, for the emperor’s household. There are almost always special shipments in late fall, and they have to get to Swartheld before the turn of the year. That’s what the captain said. We might even get a bonus if it works out.” “There any pirates around here?” Kharl’s tone was dry, not quite ironic. “I’d heard of Delapran pirates.” “Most of them were killed or hanged.” Rhylla laughed. “The rest… not in these waters, this time of year. Pirates would be east of Biehl, looking for better pickings. Besides, there wouldn’t be many buyers for stolen china marked for the Emperor of Hamor. Pirates like goods that can’t be traced. Most thieves do.” Kharl nodded. That was true of other malefactors, even lordly ones. Egen certainly tried to keep his deeds hidden. “Better get below and back to work.” LX T C In the late afternoon of threeday, Kharl stood just aft of the bowsprit, looking out at the town of Biehl, wondering if he should go ashore and try to find a decent place to eat. After a time, anything tasted better than ship fare, although not too many eightdays earlier, he would not have felt that way. He smiled at that thought. Age hung over Biehl, so much so that the carpenter wondered if it had ever been new. The stone edges of the single pier were rounded, as if every sharp corner had been worn away by time and water. Seaward from the pier was another set of gray columns and dark stones barely covered by harbor waters, the remnants of another pier. The one pier that held the Seastag jutted out into the River Behla, a narrow river that, from the marshy grass that choked both shores farther inland, had once been far larger. Across the stone causeway that doubled as harbor wall and access road to the pier was a short row of structures—their lower levels plastered and painted a pale blue. Both plaster and paint were worn away in places, exposing the old yellow brick beneath. The upper levels of those buildings were of weathered planks buried beneath layers of paint. A much-painted but faded sign bearing the crossed candles of a chandlery was set above the sagging porch of the building just across from the foot of the pier where the Seastr.g was tied. To the left of the chandlery was a cooperage, its frontage less than half that of what Kharl’s had been in Brysta. A third building bore no sign at all. Kharl turned, trying to make out the ruins that Furwyl claimed lay on the eastern side of the river, but he could see little above the marsh grass except irregular patches of trees. The mixed odors of dead fish, mud, and salt water swirled around Kharl in the late-afternoon breeze that gusted off the blue-black water north beyond the harbor. Whitecaps topped the choppy harbor waves. To the northwest of the pier, well beyond the harbor and the dwellings, was a small bluff less than twenty cubits higher than the water of the harbor. At the top of the bluff was a long pile of stones, from which grew bushes and occasional trees. Kharl thought that the stones might have once been a fort guarding the harbor, but it was clear that it had been generations since the fort had been used—if indeed it had been a fort at all. “Feels like it’s dying, doesn’t it?” asked Ghart, from behind Kharl. “The town? It does,” Kharl replied. “Did we get that china?” “Captain says we got the china consignment, and that we’ve even got space for some clay.” “Clay?” “Biehl clay is the best in Candar, maybe anywhere in the world. Has been so long as anyone can remember. We can stow it just above the bilges, replace some of the ballast, and sell it in Hamor. Be loading tomorrow, setting out early the next morning.“ “Somehow… hadn’t thought you could make coins on clay.” Kharl laughed. “You can make coins on just about anything, if you buy it cheap enough,” Ghart pointed out. “Captain’s always telling us that it matters more what price you buy at than what price you sell. You buy low enough, and you can sell anywhere at a profit. Even in Swartheld, with all the world trying to undercut you.” “That’s if the quality’s good,” Kharl said. Ghart grinned. “He says that, too.” Someone cleared his throat, and Kharl turned. “I’m headed ashore,” Tarkyn said to Kharl. “Need some ale, and anything besides ship fare. Want to join me?” “I’d like that.” Kharl had no in-port deck watch until midday the next day, and he liked the thought of eating with Tarkyn, rather than alone. “They take our coins here?” “Folks here will take any land’s coins, with pleasure.” Tarkyn gestured. “Coming?” “If my coin’s good, I’m with you.” “Have a good time, carpenters,” Ghart called, as the two headed down the gangway. Tarkyn snorted. “Never have a good time, not one that doesn’t cost more than you’d want to pay, or more than that, but there’s always a chance for good fare.” “Or better than ship fare,” Kharl pointed out. “Not hard to do better ‘n that.” Kharl followed Tarkyn’s lead as the older man turned left on the causeway, and the two walked south toward the main part of the ancient town. “Haven’t been in Biehl in years.” Tarkyn glanced at the chandlery. “Looks about the same, shabbier maybe. But it’d be hard to get much shabbier. There’s a better tavern down here, past the old square and across the way. Used to be, anyway.” Kharl followed the older carpenter down two long blocks, past warehouses, some boarded shut and others with doors that sagged on their hinges. Nothing they passed could have been built in Kharl’s lifetime, and he wondered if some of them had even seen paint or stain in that time. Three blocks away from the harbor, the two men reached a square of sorts, an area once paved with smooth granite, but close to half of the paving stones had been replaced with bricks or cobblestones or, in some places, with clay. In the center was an obelisk, and unlike the stones of the town, it was sharp-edged, a crisp stone monument at odds with the decay that surrounded it. Kharl could sense that the stone had been reinforced with order, order forced into and through the very essence of the granite, an ancient order. “What’s that? Do you know?” “Locals told me it’s as old as Biehl, maybe older, to some ancient emperor of Cyador. Maybe he came from here. Lots of old and strange things in Candar, especially in the west.” Tarkyn shrugged. “We go down that street there.” The street to which Tarkyn pointed looked to hold structures merely old, as opposed to ancient, and most had been maintained. The Crown was a narrow building, less than twenty cubits wide, sandwiched between a felter’s and an unmarked structure that might have been a boardinghouse, or something less reputable. A rotund woman in blue met them just inside the door. “The two of you?” It took Kharl a moment to understand her words. Tarkyn had no such difficulty and replied immediately. “Two, for supper.” Despite the narrowness of the place—and Kharl wasn’t sure what to call it, because it was neither cafe nor tavern—it was deep enough to hold a good ten tables in the public room. Most of the tables were taken, and the woman seated them at a smaller table along the wall. “Hope it’s as good as last time,” said Tarkyn. “When was last time?” “Maybe ten… eleven years back.” The older carpenter smiled. “Things don’t change so much here.” A younger woman appeared. She looked to the older carpenter. “A good dark ale,” Tarkyn said. “Lager. Pale ale if you don’t have it,” added Kharl. The woman nodded, then said, “Tonight we have poached sea trout, fresh caught, with pasneti noodles. We also have boar steak with fried apples and baked golden yams. We also have net noodles with the fish stew, and chops with fried potatoes. Everything is five coppers.” “The chops, not overdone,” replied Tarkyn. “The boar steak,” Kharl added, glad he had brought a silver or two with his coppers. “Thank you.” With a smile, the woman stepped away from them and turned toward the rear of the public room, presumably toward a kitchen. “Good food costs more.” Tarkyn stretched and took a deep breath. “True anywhere you go.” “You must know the good places to eat in every port.” “Some don’t have any.” Tarkyn glanced up. The server returned with two tall crystal mugs, setting the dark one before the older man, and the lighter brew before Kharl. “Three coppers, each, sers.” Kharl extended four. He thought Tarkyn did as well. She smiled and slipped away. In the momentary silence, Kharl caught some words from the nearest table. “… haven’t seen them before…” “… sailors from that ship just ported…” “… not sailors… must be officers, mates…” Kharl found it strange to be considered an officer, even a subofficer. “You got a feel for wood, don’t you?” Tarkyn took a long pull of the dark ale. “Ah… tastes good. Nothing better ‘n good dark ale.” Kharl thought the dark brews chewy, much preferring pale ale or lager. “Guess I’ve always had a feel for woods. Liked to work with white or black oak best. Red oak… just didn’t feel the same.” “What about spruce… pine?” “Depends on the tree.” “Doesn’t everything?” Tarkyn laughed. “No tree’s the same as another, no animal, no person, no ship…” “Is that why you’ve stayed on the Seastag7” “Couldn’t find a better captain, not anywhere. Be a good lord, too, were he minded. Top carpenter, that’s as good as I’ll do. So… the ship matters most.” Tarkyn paused as the server slid a large light blue platter in front of him. Another one went before Kharl. Kharl set out a silver, as did the older man. In a moment, there were two stacks of five coppers, one before each man, although the coppers were of differing sizes and thicknesses. After just a few bites, Kharl decided that the boar steak was one of the better meals he’d had, perhaps the best since the one he’d had in Lydiar, and the fried apples were perfect, just between crisp and chewy, without being heavy. “You’re enjoying the grub?” “Very much.” “Thought you would. You should have been a ship’s carpenter from the first. Might even have made it out of the fo’c‘s’le early on.” “Have you always been a ship’s carpenter?” “Me? No. Started out as a cabinetmaker’s apprentice in Kaerloch— little place not too far from Bruel. Didn’t like all the detailing, the fussi-ness. Finally ran away after a couple of years. Worked as a sawboy in a mill. Didn’t care much for that, either…” Tarkyn took another pull of the dark ale. Kharl was content to eat and listen. LXI he voyage from Biehl to Hamor was long—two and a half eightdays. Kharl kept busy at whatever tasks were set before him. Some of that was internal work on bulkheads and decks, anywhere that water had managed to damage wood. He even repaired one of the cover panels on the port paddle wheel. When he was not working, sleeping, or eating, he was reading or—far less often—trying to exercise his still-limited order-skills. By the time the western coast of Hamor was in sight as a low dark line off the starboard bow, Kharl had read through every page of The Basis of Order. He could not say that he understood everything he had read. He hadn’t attempted to turn any more cold iron into black iron. He had tried using the ideas in the book to speed the healing of several minor cuts and scrapes he had received, and they did seem to heal more quickly, but whether that was because of his efforts, he still wasn’t certain. The only thing that had been certain is that the healing had not been instantaneous—and the book had said that it wasn’t supposed to be. Within the last few days of the voyage, the air had grown warmer and damper, and the heavy long-sleeved gray carpenter’s shirt had gotten uncomfortably warm. That had forced Kharl to purchase a short-sleeved gray shirt from the ship’s slop chest at more than he’d wished to spend, but the shirt was well-made and far more comfortable than the heavier winter shirt. As the Seastag continued southeast, the coastline of Hamor resolved itself into a line of whitish cliffs that rose to the south over calm and light blue waters. A good three kays seaward from those waters was a line of foaming water where waves broke over a reef. Kharl stood at the bow on the starboard side. East of the Seastag but farther out to sea, a dark-hulled vessel without rigging steamed westward. As it drew nearer, Kharl could see the white metallic finish of gun turrets, two long guns to a turret, two turrets forward, and one aft. “That’s a Hamorian light cruiser,” offered Hagen from behind Kharl. “Newer class. Three turrets. Older ones just have two, one fore and one aft.” Kharl could sense worry behind the captain’s words. “Do they attack merchanters?” “Not that I know of. But the emperor’s been building up his fleet— all with bigger guns.” “Never saw a ship like that. Lord West has two ships with single turrets fore and aft.” Lord West might have had more, for all Kharl knew, but he’d seen two. “No one else has ships with that kind of power, except Reduce, and no one knows exactly what the black mages have.” Hagen snorted. “No one else has the ability to mine and forge that much metal. They say the ironworks at Luba produce half the world’s iron. The whole city is a forge, and you can walk anywhere, anytime, in the light of the furnaces. I don’t know as I believe all that—but that’s where all the engines and plates for the Hamorian fleet come from.” He glanced to the south, nodding. “They do everything big in Hamor.” Kharl followed the captain’s gaze. At the point of a peninsula abeam of the ship was a tall stone tower with a shimmering dome. Kharl studied the tower. “That’s the northwest light tower,” offered Hagen. “At night, there’s a beam of light that sweeps across the waters. More wrecks than you can count on the Heartbreak Reef there.” “Even with the light?” “There’s fog and storms… and sometimes at night brigands will light fires farther west and use canvas to mimic the light. Hamorian fleet patrols the waters, but they can’t get inshore, not with the reefs. Sometimes they turn their guns on the ship-breakers. They’ve been known to a few. Turned a lot of rock into gravel in the process.“ Kharl pondered that. Guns that could fire four kays over the reefs and hit the shore? Hagen cleared his throat. “Wouldn’t be taking that staff ashore, not in Swartheld. Folk here don’t take kindly to Reduce. Never have. One place that doesn’t fear the blacks. Don’t think Reduce even sends black-staffers here any longer.” “Do you know why?” asked Kharl. “Something way back… the mage who founded Reduce… they say he destroyed a Hamorian war fleet with weather magery, except for a few ships that he refitted into his own fleet… and that he refused to pay the emperor a single copper…” “A single mage went out and attacked the Hamorian fleet?” “Doubtful mind you’ve got, cooper.” Hagen laughed. “Wasn’t like that. They and the white mages of Fairven were trying to squash Reduce before it got started. This mage—Creslin, that was his name—destroyed the invasion fleet. Emperors don’t like that.” “That must have happened a long time ago, and they’re still upset?” “No one in Hamor ever forgets anything,” the captain replied dryly. “They don’t learn much new, but they don’t forget. That’s why some captains aren’t welcome here. Tread lightly onshore.” Hagen laughed again and turned back toward the poop deck. Kharl looked back toward the stone tower and the white cliffs. Were most people like that, never forgetting, and holding hard to hatred for generations, so long that most of the rest of the world had long since forgotten the cause? LXII Of all the ports the Seastag had visited while Kharl was aboard, Swartheld was the busiest. In the late afternoon, the harbor was filled with ships, some anchored in deeper waters offshore, others tied at the long and wide piers. Another set of piers ran along the far side of the bay, but all the vessels at those piers were the black-hulled warships of various sizes, all steam-powered, with iron hulls and a white superstructure and white gun turrets. Kharl had counted over thirty such vessels, and mooring space for at least triple that number, and he understood better Hagen’s wariness of a land with so many warships. He had to wonder about all that iron and all that powder. Supposedly, a white mage could fire gunpowder or cammabark. Did all the iron—and the ocean itself—protect the ships? Or were there mages on board as well? Kharl glanced out from the quarterdeck at the pier where the Seastag was tied. It was not only long, but a good hundred cubits wide, with wagons lined up for loading and off-loading, and vendors with handcarts pushing them from ship to ship. The voices of the vendors filled the air. “Silks, silks… the finest silks from Atla…” “… the finest wools from Reduce and Brysta…” “Spices… brinn from Candar, brinn and astra…” “Tools… iron tools, Hamor’s finest from the works at Luba…” There were so many street and cart vendors that at times the teamsters driving the wagons being loaded and unloaded had to wait, or actually drive their teams into the crowds to force them away from the ships. While Brysta had peddlers and vendors, the numbers and variety were nothing compared to those on just the one pier where the Seastag was tied. For once, Kharl did not have an evening watch, but the late-morning watch the next day. So he had decided to investigate Swartheld, despite limited coins. He had not drawn any of his pay recently, preferring to leave it on account with Hagen, suspecting he’d need all of it when the Seastag reached Austra. “If you’re going ashore,” offered Ghart, “best be real careful. Any place said to be the wellspring of chaos, Hamor is. If you were one of the younger men, I’d caution you about the girls… never seen such lovelies, and you go with ‘em, never will again. Probably end up working in the great ironworks at Luba, or lugging stone on that Great Highway the emperor’s building and rebuilding…” Kharl hadn’t heard of the Great Highway, but he didn’t need an explanation, except perhaps why the Hamorians wanted to call everything “great.” “Drugged wine or ale?” “Or just a cosh on the back of the head.” Ghart snorted. “No matter what we say, we’ll lose someone. Usually one of the younger crew. Always someone who knows better.” “Anything else I should watch?” “Watch everything,” Ghart suggested, his voice wry. “The captain does.“ Kharl nodded. “I’ll be back before dark.” “That’s what they all say.” Ghart laughed good-naturedly. Even before Kharl was halfway down the gangway, he felt a strangeness wash over him, a feeling that was both familiar and totally unfamiliar. What was the feeling? Why was it familiar? When he reached the end of the gangway and his boots rested on the wide stone wharf, he moved back, less than a body length from the hull of the Seastag. There, he took a deep breath and tried to recall where he had sensed that same feeling. After a moment, he recalled. That feeling had been in Southport, when he had been at the site of the ancient ruins, with its deep-seated mixture of order and chaos. The port area of Swartheld felt similar, except there was more chaos swirling around, diffuse chaos, and that was what had felt both familiar and unfamiliar. Carefully, Kharl began to walk down the pier, toward the buildings beyond the shoreward end of the pier. He kept his eyes moving, and his order-chaos senses alert. He passed a cart with an open grill, and the aroma of spiced roasted fowl made his mouth water. “The best fowl in Swartheld…” Those words were followed by another set with the same intonation, but in a tongue unknown to Kharl. A third language followed before the vendor returned to the Candarian version of Brystan—although Kharl couldn’t honestly have said he knew whether Brystan was a version of Candarian or the other way around. “Cottons… cottons… shirts for the summer heat…” That vendor also pitched his wares in several languages. “Indentured slaves… young men, young women… in the best of health…” Kharl glanced across the pier, where a young man and a girlish woman were displayed, standing on a wagon bed, chained to the frame, wearing little but cloths around their loins. “… in the best of health and form…” Turning away, Kharl stepped to his right, then stopped as a four-horse team slowly moved out toward the Seastag. After the wagon passed, he continued walking, keeping some distance between himself and the peddlers and others on the wharf. Ahead of him, somewhere near the end of the pier, Kharl could sense the unseen swirling whiteness that marked a chaos-wizard, although the whiteness was not as strong as that of the wizard he had confronted in Brysta. He eased to the edge of the pier away from the chaos-wizard, closer to a three-masted clipper, an ancient vessel without steam power and with an ornate carved figure of a woman with extravagant physical charms under the bowsprit. He stopped beside a bollard and bent, as if to check his boot, his back shielded by the bulk of the bollard, as he let his own senses study the whiteness on the far side of the pier and inshore. He could feel nothing except the whiteness. He straightened, then continued in along the pier on the side away from the white miasma of chaos. Four darker-skinned men wearing short-sleeved shirts and trousers of a light khaki fabric marched onto the pier from the stone-paved causeway perpendicular to it. Each wore a khaki cap with a bronze starburst set in a blue oval. They also carried polished oak truncheons and wore shorts words at their belts—and pistols. Kharl had heard that the Hamo-rians used firearms, but he had never seen any closely. He almost could have reached out with his senses and touched the shells and the powder within, not that he could have touched off the powder, not with order, but a brush of chaos might have done so, even within the ordered metal shell casings. Directly behind the four armsmen, clearly being escorted by them, was an older and gray-haired man who also wore a uniform, but of black and orange. The older man carried no weapons, and the only insignia he bore was a heavy silver chain from which hung a white bronze starburst medallion. Along with the others on the pier, Kharl stopped and watched as the five halted opposite a dark red cart. Belatedly, Kharl recognized two things. First, the miasma of chaos was surrounding a thin man dressed in flowing green, and second, the man in orange and black was also a wizard, but his chaos power was contained, so that until he was within ten cubits or so, even Kharl’s order-chaos senses had not sensed the power held within some sort of shields. The four men in khaki set themselves so that two flanked the uniformed wizard on each side. Light gathered around the figure in orange and black, and the crowd moved back once more, creating a circle around the thin man in flowing green. “You,” began the uniformed wizard addressing the man in green. “You have attempted the practice of wizardry without the permission of the emperor. You have not presented yourself for examination, and you have hidden from others that you employed the forces of chaos to deceive and to profit personally. You have preyed upon out-landers…” A resigned expression fell across the face of the man in green. “I did present myself, honored mage. I presented myself, but none would see me, save that I presented golds I do not have. One cannot—” “Silence!” The man in green’s voice continued. “I have not used wizardry. I have deceived no one. All I have done is to be too poor to provide golds—” A whitish red fireball appeared at the fingertips of the uniformed wizard, then flared toward the man in green. Whhhsttt!!! A white dome appeared around the man in green, and for a moment that dome was surrounded by the white fires of chaos, but the man in green remained behind his shield. Kharl tried to sense what it was that the green wizard had done, but before he could truly and fully sense the chaos-shield, the gray-haired wizard flung a second firebolt, and the shield collapsed into a pillar of white fire. Kharl had to blink, and when he could see, where the man in green had stood there was but a small pile of whitish ash in the midst of a black greasy smear on the grayish stones of the pier. “The will of His Mightiness! Striking down evil where it occurs,” intoned the gray-haired wizard. Then he turned and walked back off the end of the pier. Even from the far side of the wharf, Kharl had noted the fine sheen of sweat on the surviving wizard’s face—and the much-lowered level of chaos that remained locked around him. Clearly, using that kind of power took much energy. At the faintest sense of someone too close to him, Kharl’s hand lashed out, slamming down on the wrist of a young cutpurse. As the carpenter whirled, a thin knife clattered on the stones, and two other youths began to run. Another man in tan appeared, his truncheon smacked the cutpurse across the temple, and the youth went to his knees. Whiteness flashed from somewhere else. Kharl looked at the Hamorian patroller, or Watch, or whatever keepers of the peace were called in Swartheld. “You were very quick, sailor.” “Just lucky, ser,” Kharl replied, noting that the crowd had moved away from him and the patroller. He could also see the Hamorian wizard returning, something he did not like at all. With the wizard were the other four patrollers—and two dazed-looking youths with blank faces. Kharl could sense some sort of chaos laid over them. “You are from Reduce?” The wizard looked directly at Kharl. “No, ser. I am from Brysta, and I am the second carpenter on the Seastag.” The wizard looked at Kharl for a long moment, and Kharl could sense some other sort of power, grayish, brushing him lightly, like the touch of an unseen spider, but he remained still and waited. “So it would seem. Did you see what happened here a few moments ago?” “Yes, ser. You destroyed a wizard who had not followed the laws of Hamor.” “Those laws apply to all who walk the soil of Hamor. Do you understand that?” “Yes, ser.” “Good.” The wizard gestured to the patrollers. “Take the cutpurses to the transfer gaol.” He looked at Kharl. “They will spend five years— or more—cutting and moving stone for the Great Highway. That is a light punishment. They could have gone to the furnaces at Luba.” Kharl wanted to lick his dry lips. He did not. “I understand.” “I believe you do, carpenter. Good day.” Again, the wizard turned, and this time five patrollers followed him, herding the three captives before them. As they walked away, and those in the crowd gave Kharl passing looks before moving on, he just stood by the stone column marking the end of the pier. The wizard had delivered a clear message without spelling it out. The carpenter pulled himself together, then left the pier and turned left, toward the part of the waterfront that had looked to hold shops and taverns. Once Kharl was off the pier and onto the street that fronted the harbor, he could move more freely, without feeling so crowded. By the time he had walked past the end of the next pier, one that held but a single small sloop, there were almost no peddlers or carts, just people heading in various directions, or standing before shop windows, or coming in or out of the shops. Compared to Brysta or any other port he had visited, it was crowded. Most of the shops seemed to carry fabrics. He counted four shops in a row—one dealing just in silks, another in woolens, a third in linens, and a fourth in cottons. In those four shops were as many bolts of cloth as in all of Brysta, from what Kharl knew. He walked on, but then couldn’t help but stop at the display window of a cooperage in the next block. The barrels were good, but not nearly so good as what he’d crafted, especially the hogshead he saw on display. Yet the cooperage was clearly profitable. The next shop was one that handled blades. Kharl found himself wincing as he looked at the gleaming array in the display window— sabres, cutlasses, a menacing hand-and-a-half sword, an even longer and wider broadsword, and all manner of knives and dirks. He’d never cared much for blades, but he’d also never felt the revulsion that he did as he beheld the assemblage before him. Was there a difference between working blades and weapons? If so, why did he feel that way? Or had he always, and simply not recognized it? With a shake of his head, he turned and continued to the corner. Across the narrower cross street was a tavern, and one thronged from the sounds issuing forth—despite the fact that it was still afternoon. Kharl turned left, away from the harbor, and walked along the side of the street, passing first a closed doorway without any sign or indication of what lay behind it, then a wider doorway, with a sign showing a bed, and the words beneath beginning with “Rooms for the night” in Brystan and repeating in other languages. “Girls… you want one?” A veiled woman beckoned from across the street. “Come and see. Take your pleasure…” Kharl kept his smile to himself and continued to walk, this time past a rope shop. A rope shop? In any other port, rope would be in a chandlery. Was Swartheld so large that a merchant could sell just ropes of various types? He glanced through the open doorway, taking in all the coils of ropes and lines. A sickish-sweet odor drifted down and across Kharl, a scent compounded of something burning, perhaps incense, with something stronger. He faintly recalled the smell, then nodded. Kernash—the substance smoked by those with little hope and less future. Kharl continued toward the next major street. The grayish wooden buildings in the first block gave way to painted structures in the second, and then two- and three-story stone-walled buildings in the third, and then even taller structures, with carved cornices and wide windows above the first floors. Kharl emerged from the side street and turned right once more, glad to find himself on more of a boulevard, where several shops actually had flowers in planters beside their windows. The second shop on the side of the street away from the harbor held hats—broad-brimmed hats for women. The third shop was a tailor’s, and it displayed jackets and colorful vests, all of silk or light fine cotton, but for men. Beyond the immaculate shops with their wide glass windows and open archways was a cafe under a white-and-black-striped awning. Both men and women sat at tables in the shade. Most wore shimmering white, the men in white trousers and boots, and embroidered white shirts with lace and designs in silver, and the women in loose white robes of some light fabric. The women also had filmy white scarfs across their bare shoulders, as if the scarfs would be used as cover or veils when they left the cafe. Kharl strained to hear what they said, but realized that they must all have been speaking in Hamorian, because he understood not a word. In his plain and worn carpenter’s grays, Kharl felt very out of place. He kept walking. LXIII After returning to the Seastag just before sunset on the first day in Swartheld, Kharl thought, and read, then slept less than easily. He dreamed of white wizards in burgundy, in black and orange, and in flowing green—all speaking in languages he did not understand and doing all manner of wizardly tasks he could not have explained, let alone duplicated. He asked them, and they ignored him, as if he did not exist, and went on with their incomprehensible tasks. He woke early the next morning, pooled in sweat, and not just from the heat and dampness of Swartheld. After deciding that he could not sleep longer, he eased out of his forecastle bunk, and slipped out with his clothes. He washed up as quietly as he could and then made his way topside. In the gray light before dawn, Kharl stood at the railing near the bow. Even in the open air, there was not so much as a hint of a breeze. A light haze blurred the outlines of the buildings and the more distant piers and ships, giving them an air of unreality. For the moment, the pier was empty, without vendors and without teamsters and wagons, and Kharl relished the comparative silence. Even the city seemed hushed, and Kharl could hear the lapping of the harbor waters against the pier and against the hull of the Seastag. In time, he heard footsteps, but he did not turn. “You came back early,” Rhylla said. “With all your coins, I’d wager.” “I didn’t take that many,” Kharl admitted. “I had an ale, and some supper. The ale was worth it.” “They like their foods hot and spicy here. I think most folks in warm places do, but for the life of me, I don’t understand why you’d want to be hotter in a place that’s already too hot. But they do.“ “I don’t, either,” the carpenter replied, absently blotting a forehead he hadn’t realized was so damp until Rhylla had reminded him of the heat. “Why did you come back early? If I could ask?” “Something about the place bothered me,” Kharl paused. “And I saw a wizard, and he was wearing a uniform.” “You didn’t know that?” Rhylla paused. “All wizards or mages have to work for the emperor. He pays well, they say. ‘Course there’s no alternative.” “I saw that, too. He destroyed a man he said was a wizard who had broken the laws of Hamor. Something about being examined.” “Huh… didn’t know that. Just knew that all the wizards and mages worked for the emperor. Anyone who tries to get one to do something for him without the permission of the emperor—that’s a death sentence.” “A death sentence?” Then Kharl nodded. In a way, it definitely made sense, at least from the emperor’s point of view. “He controls the mages, and that means he controls everything.” “I wouldn’t say that… the marshals are pretty strong, they say.” “But if the mages and wizards are all under the protection of the emperor…?” Kharl looked at the third mate. “Oh… frig… see what you mean.” After Rhylla left, Kharl turned back to the railing to study the port city. Somehow, it wasn’t just a coincidence that the two strongest lands in the world were the two where mages and wizards were placed to support those who governed. Reduce had some sort of council where the Brethren had a strong voice, and the emperor controlled the mages in Hamor. Candar had once been strong, but when Reduce had destroyed Fairven and the White Order, Candar had fragmented into conflicting lands. From what Kharl had seen, most of Candar, except for Southport and possibly Diehl, was in decline. Even Brysta looked shabby, but both Nylan and Swartheld looked vigorous. Still, while all that might be true, what could a mere carpenter do about it? LXIV On the following afternoon, with one more day of loading to go before the Seastag was ready to put back to sea, Kharl decided to make another foray into Swartheld. He’d picked the late afternoon because he was off duty, because he wasn’t certain he wanted to deal with the human creatures of the night who frequented port cities, and because he had the feeling that there well might be more of the emperor’s mages about later in the evening. When he left the pier, he forced himself to remain on the lower harbor way as he walked southward along the edge of the water. He hadn’t thought of it before, but none of the merchanters had iron hulls, and all had sails. Some were even full-rigged and without any form of steam power. Was that because of the cost of coal? Or for some other reason he didn’t know? Yet warships were all iron-hulled, even the smaller gunboats of Brysta, and he had seen no merchanters with cannon. That made sense, in a fashion, because a white wizard could touch off gunpowder or cam-mabark and turn a wooden ship into an inferno. He still had no idea whether it was the combination of ordered iron vessels and the order of the sea that protected warships from mages or whether it was something else. He’d searched The Basis of Order, but as usual had found no definitive answers. Ahead, there was a small crowd of men standing opposite an open window. When Kharl neared, he could see that a single woman danced slowly in the wide unglassed window of the tavern. Her body was covered with the filmy fabric Kharl had seen on the veil-scarfs of the women at the cafe—except the fabric was reddish and stained with the darkness of sweat. With the thinness of the fabric, little of the woman’s figure was left to mystery, and her figure was good, Kharl had to admit, although not any better than Charee’s had once been. At that thought, Kharl swallowed. The sadness and emptiness still came when he least expected it. “You want to enjoy one like this? Just a silver for a half glass… and she’s all yours, sailor man.” The big man who made the offer topped Kharl by half a head, and Kharl was not small. “She’s too costly for my wallet,” Kharl said with a forced laugh, easing past the man and along the quieter space of the street immediately past the brothel. Was it just sadness? Or the sense that he and Charee had lost something over the years? Had they ever had that something? Or had their consorting just been an arrangement set up by their families and held together in the beginning by physical attraction and later by the boys? He shook his head. Why was he even asking himself such questions? He couldn’t do much about what was past and gone. Across the harbor road he caught sight of a pair of Hamorian patrollers in their khaki uniforms. He watched the pair as they walked along the street. The two never relaxed, but kept moving, and each held a truncheon at the ready. Abruptly, after passing the patrollers, who had scarcely given Kharl a glance, the carpenter turned left, away from the harbor, and began to walk up the gently sloping street toward the better sections of Swartheld. Farther south, he discovered, he had to walk a greater distance east before he reached the more prosperous area—almost eight blocks. But he did find another boulevard with shops and flowers and cafes with awnings and wide verandas—and he felt almost as out of place as he had the first time. Yet, why should he have felt out of place? He wondered. He was nicely dressed, if not so extravagantly as those on the boulevard. He was not poor, or without coins. He had a respectable trade, and even a position, low as a subofficer on a merchanter might be. He kept walking as he saw another set of Hamorian patrollers. This pair walked with empty hands, their truncheons in their belts, and they smiled, although their eyes still never stopped surveying the street and the shops. A woman, her head covered by the filmy scarf that was almost transparent, nodded to the patrollers. Both returned the smile, an expression of friendliness, but continued on their way. From a distance, he saw another of the mages in black and orange, again an older man, accompanying a single patroller in khaki. The two turned eastward, moving even farther from the harbor. Kharl thought about following the pair, but almost immediately dismissed the idea. Instead, he turned back toward the harbor, hoping to find somewhere to eat, less fancy than where he was, but quieter and better than along the harbor way. Finding such a place was harder than Kharl had thought it would be, and he ended up walking along side streets for what seemed almost a glass before he found himself before a low, dark redbrick building with tan window trim. The still air held unfamiliar scents of food, but without the rancidness of grease, and there was little hint of chaos about the premises—except for the thin residual whiteness that seemed everywhere in Swartheld. Kharl stepped inside. Immediately, a servingwoman in tan shorts and shirt, with a dark brown apron and sandals, greeted him. “Yes?” “A good meal and ale or lager?” She looked puzzled. “Food.” She beckoned, and Kharl followed her into a long narrow room with a high ceiling. The off-white plaster gave an impression of coolness. Kharl settled into the small table against the wall. “Drink… what kind?” the server asked. “Light ale? Lager?” She said something to another server, and got an answer back, then nodded at Kharl before slipping away. Within moments, a squarish older woman set a dark brown mug before Kharl. “Be two coppers.” Kharl extended three coins. She studied them and nodded. “Fare’s simple tonight. We’ve got burhka, cutlets, sea trout, and fowl in lemonweed with Luban noodles.” “How much?” “All the same. Four coppers.” “I’ll try the last.” “It’s the best. Be a bit.” She slipped away. Kharl settled back into the chair and took another sip of the ale, enjoying it as it washed away the last of the dust in his throat. Two younger men, but well dressed in white shirts and multicolored silk vests, sat at the corner table. Although their voices were not that loud, they seemed to carry to Kharl, perhaps along the smooth white plaster of the wall. “… don’t understand the edict… just applies to outlanders trading here…” “… not just to outlanders like us… another one… harsher… for Hamorians…” “… no brimstone to Valmurl… but to Bruel? Why one Austran port and not the other? Not as though Lord Estloch has a huge fleet…” “… no saltpeter or cammabark, either…” “… doesn’t make sense… Valmurlans don’t use firearms… don’t use powder except for cannon, and they’ve got few enough of those… we’re supposed to give up good trade and coins…” “… careful…” “… mages don’t come down here…” “… don’t know where they’ll turn up… walls sometimes report to the patrollers, too…” “… still makes no sense… can ship dried fruits, but not grain?” “… rich the only ones who can buy dried fruits… everyone needs bread…” Their voices died away as a server brought two platters and a basket of bread to their table. Kharl sipped his ale and considered their words. He didn’t care for the implications, not at all, and he knew he’d need to mention the matter to Hagen, although he would not have been surprised if the captain already knew. LXV JTlagen had not been aboard the Seastag when Kharl had returned the night before, but immediately after eating the next morning, the carpenter made his way to the master’s cabin, where he knocked gingerly on the door. “Ser… it’s Kharl. I’d just heard something… thought you ought to know…” “Come on in, carpenter.” Hagen’s voice was polite. Kharl eased through the hatch door into the captain’s cabin. The space was large, but somehow not so large as Kharl would have guessed, with a double bunk built into the rear bulkhead, and a small closet, half-open, set into the left bulkhead. In the middle of the cabin was a circular white oak table, anchored to the deck, and behind that sat the captain. A stack of papers and parchment was at his left, and he still held a pen. “What is it?” “Captain… last night, I was eating at a place well away from the harbor, and there were two traders, outlanders…” Kharl went on to recount what the two had said, word for word. When Kharl finished, Hagen nodded. He did not seem surprised. “I’d heard about the brimstone and saltpeter… but I didn’t know they could sell in Bruel.” A darkness dropped across his countenance, before he forced a smile. “I hadn’t heard about the grain because we don’t usually carry it, but it’s not surprising. Hamor’s been looking at invading Austra for years, and every so often they embargo goods, usually military equipment. They’ve had an embargo on gunpowder and cammabark for two years, but they decided on expanding that about a season ago to include brimstone and saltpeter and a few other goods.” Kharl tried to keep his own surprise to himself. The two traders he had overheard had clearly been talking about an edict recently issued, and Hagen had known about it for nearly a season. “Is that why we’re carrying brimstone back, ser?” Hagen grinned. “You noted that, did you?” “I noted that it wasn’t all off-loaded at Dellash,” Kharl replied. “Why is Hamor going after Austra? Aren’t some of the lands in Candar better targets?” “Some are weaker, but Candar lies close to Reduce. Also, it’s a long voyage from Swartheld, and under steam power, a costly one, with nowhere to stop for coal. Austra is much closer, and considerably smaller.” “And Lord Estloch does not have many warships?” “He does not.” Kharl frowned. “But Austra is united under a single ruler, while Nordla has the four Lords of the Quadrant, and they agree on little, and have even fewer warships.” “Nordla is far less prosperous, is it not?” Hagen laughed ironically. “What would be the point of spending thousands of golds, hundreds of thousands of golds perhaps, if one could not plunder the land to recover it, then tariff it heavily? Why does one seek to conquer anything?“ After the briefest of pauses, Hagen went on. ”Some think rulers seek fame and glory in war, but both are fleeting. No… most wars are fought for gain, either to keep another land from gaining an advantage in power and wealth or to extend one’s own power and wealth.“ “That’s not true if your land is attacked.” “No… but you can wager—with heavy odds—that the one attacking has planned on great gain. Unless the ruler is mad, and few mad rulers survive to make war, and fewer still survive their wars. Of course, such madness is the ruin of their land and their people.” “The Emperor of Hamor is not mad. He controls his own lands too well for that,” suggested Kharl. “Who would know?” questioned Hagen. “In a land as vast as Hamor, the governing is done by the emperor’s minions. Good minions can conceal much about a ruler.” The captain snorted. “But you are right. The emperor is most astute, and all the world may suffer for that.” Kharl could see that, and, despite the safety of the streets of Swartheld, he was less than certain that he would wish such a rule in either Nordla or Austra. He almost frowned, thinking that Lord West’s son Egen would—if he had the chance—govern with the power of the emperor and even less wisdom. “That troubles you? Well it should.” Kharl did not correct the captain. “That was all I heard, but I thought you should hear about it.” He smiled. “I thought you might already know, but I was not sure.” “You see more than you let on, Kharl. That is a good trait.” Hagen smiled in return. “You’re welcome to remain as crew so long as you desire.” “I thank you, ser. I’m still thinking of going ashore in Austra, but I will consider your offer, and I do thank you.” “It’s my gain as well.” Hagen laughed, then looked down at the sheets of paper on the table before him. Kharl stepped back and eased the hatch door closed as he left. The captain had known about the embargoes, and he remained worried about them. Despite Hagen’s laughter, the worry had shown through. As he walked back across the main deck, Kharl realized once more that there was far more to Hagen than merely a trading captain. Kharl had heard the references to other ships, but would even a merchant factor with a number of ships have known what the Emperor of Hamor was planning a season in advance? Kharl didn’t think so, and that left the question of what exactly Hagen might be, honorable as he appeared to Kharl and to the other crew members on Hagen’s vessels. LXVI When the Seastag had cast off from the pier at Swartheld, starting the voyage back to her home port of Valmurl, one of the crew, as Ghart had predicted, had failed to return—the fresh-faced young Wylat. Thinking of Wylat toiling on the Great Highway or the fiery furnaces of Luba, Kharl had shaken his head. He could but hope the Fleuryl never ported in Swartheld, because he had his doubts about Arthal’s wisdom. But there was nothing he could do about either young man’s fate. The ship had traveled no more than a handful of kays northeast beyond sight of land when the seas began to turn rough, and bitter chill permeated the winds that had raised the waves and buffeted the Seastag. The remainder of the eightday journey was rough, although the seas had subsided somewhat as the Seastag neared Austra, and Kharl had found himself more and more fretful once the coastline appeared. The winter sun hung low in the west, offering little warmth, as the Seastag steamed through the gray harbor waters toward the outermost pier of Valmurl harbor. Kharl was glad for his heavy jacket as he stood by the railing and looked at Valmurl. Unlike Brysta, which faced west on the Eastern Ocean, Valmurl faced east—and the Great Western Ocean. Valmurl was also an older port city, but set on a flat plain on the delta of the River Val. The bay on which the city was located was more open, and had no fortifications like the twin harbor forts of Brysta. While there were hills to the north, they looked to be low and some distance way— and were covered entirely with a whiteness that could only be snow. Farther back from the waterfront, Kharl could see taller structures, even stone towers. Thin lines of smoke rose from hundreds of chimneys into the cold air, and a smoky haze hung over the city. The smoke and near-twilight shadows mixed together and imparted a gray cast to Valmurl, despite the late-afternoon sunlight that glinted on the gray waters between the ship and the city. Furwyl eased up beside Kharl. “You still intending to leave us here?” “I’d planned to,” Kharl replied. “Hoped to find a place as a cooper somewhere in Austra.” “You’re a fine carpenter, and a good man to have around in a tight place. Hate to see you spend the rest of your life making barrels for someone else. Hard thing to make your way in a land not your own,” the first mate pointed out. “You’re already a subofficer on your first voyage. Not many do that.” Kharl knew Furwyl was right, yet he hesitated. “Making my way here couldn’t be that much harder than where I came from.” Even as Kharl spoke, he wondered. He’d still have been a cooper, with a consort and sons, if he’d not been so unlucky to have heard Egen in the back alley. Or would he? The druids had suggested that his situation would have worsened anyway. Did that mean matters could be worse in Val murl? Or Vizyn, if he got there? “Leastwise, I hope not.” Furwyl chuckled. “We’re goin‘ in to refit. Be in the yards two, may three eightdays. You don’t find what you want, get back here afore we leave—bet the captain’d take you back as carpenter second. Not the billet he’ll fill except with someone he knows, and he knows all the ship’s carpenters in Austra. Leastwise, he’d put you on one of his other ships.” “How many does he have?” “Ten. At least, that was the last number I heard. All something with ‘sea’ in ‘em… Seahound, Seafox …” “And he still sails?” Rhylla had mentioned once that Hagen had other ships, but Kharl had not realized just how many. “He’s a man who likes what he does,” Furwyl said. “And he likes to keep good people. Especially carpenters.” “Are good ones that hard to come by?” “Harder than you’d think. You get youngsters barely more than apprentices… know a few things and think they know more, and mostly you get older men who love their ale so much that the only time they’re sober is at sea.” “Where are the good ones?” asked Kharl. “That’d be a secret.” Furwyl grinned, then added, “With the shipwrights, but they don’t take many, and you got to be family… or close to it, or be owed more than most would owe.“ That made sense. Still… “Thank you,” Kharl finally said. “And thank the captain. But I think I need to look and see if anyone needs a good cooper.” “You can tell him yourself in the morning when he pays off the crew. Just thought I’d put in a word with you.” Furwyl nodded and turned. Was Kharl making a mistake? Another mistake? Kharl didn’t think so, but then, he hadn’t thought so before. LXVII Ihe morning after the Seastag ported in Valmurl, and after muster, Kharl placed his few belongings into his pack, now mostly full, and, staff in hand, headed up to the main deck to see Hagen. There he waited in the chill air until after the regular deckhands and riggers had been paid. Then he stepped forward to the small table behind which the captain sat. “You still intent on leaving us, carpenter?” Hagen’s voice was cheerful, but Kharl could catch a sense of worry behind it. “I don’t know about intent, ser. It’s just that… well… I wouldn’t feel right if I didn’t try to be what I’ve spent my life learning and doing.” Hagen nodded. “When you put it that way, it’s hard not to see it so.” The captain paused and looked down at the ledger before him, turning the pages until he was close to the end. “Your crew share, right now, is fifteen silvers, and I owe you five silvers and three for your wages.” Two golds? Kharl certainly hadn’t expected that. He’d come aboard hoping to get off with what he’d had in his leather pouch. “Yes, ser. That’s more than fair.” Hagen shook his head. “It’s fair. No more, no less.” Kharl sensed the other’s honest feelings and nodded. “You don’t have to go,” Hagen said. “I’d have you as carpenter second, and carpenter first when Tarkyn decides he’s had enough of the sea.” “I only asked for passage to Austra, ser.” “I know, but I’d still have you.” Hagen paused. “Where are you headed?” “I’d thought Vizyn, but anywhere that I could be a cooper.” “Coopers… there are more than enough here in Valmurl. You ought to stay on as a ship’s carpenter.” Hagen laughed. “Then, I’d be the last one to tell any man what he should be doing. That I would be.” He fingered his chin. “Three good coopers here in Valmurl. None as good as you, in truth. Oldest one is Dezant. He’s off the Traders’ Square. Then there’s Kundark, and he does mostly slack cooperage, and his place is on the south side of the city, by the Guard Barracks there. You might try Chalart. He’s on the north side, back of the refit yards. He supplies barrels for merchanters, mostly. You can tell any of them that I sent you. It might help, won’t hurt. “You don’t like Valmurl… go and see Vizyn, but you’d better take a coaster. It’s a good nine hundred kays. Of the ones in port now, take the Norther or the Southshield… tell ‘em I sent you. You don’t like it, then turn around and come back. Offer’s open until we leave Valmurl.” “Thank you. How long will you be here? For refitting?” Kharl added quickly. “Half a season, I’d guess. Takes longer to refit in winter, but there’s little enough trading to be done, and I’d like to have the engineers go over the engine after that problem off Worrak.” “Is there anything special I should know about Valmurl?” Kharl asked. “Things that’d be obvious to you, but not to me? If you don’t mind, ser.” “Valmurl is much like Brysta, save that it is the capital of all Austra, and there is but one lord. Lord Estloch has a good heart, and, unlike many rulers, he would be as fair as possible and still hold order within the streets. Still… dark streets are dangerous… especially harborside, and there are few patrollers past midnight. The wealthy are as they are in any city.” If those words were not a warning, Kharl wasn’t a cooper. “Thank you.” “You change your mind, and there’ll be a place for you, if not here, then on one of the other ships.” “I appreciate that, ser, and I’ll just have to see.” “That you will. Good fortune.” After hoisting his pack onto his shoulders and securing his silvers and coppers in his concealed leather pouch, Kharl walked down the gangway of the Seastag, perhaps for the last time, and past the wagons already lined up to receive the cargo being off-loaded. While the pier was not so crowded as those at Swartheld, more than a score of loaders and others swirled around the area opposite the Seastag. Among them, he saw no patrollers, although more than a few men carried blades of various styles and lengths. As Kharl reached the foot of the pier, he saw a wagon, with a platform. On the platform stood a blond girl, one certainly younger than Sanyle or Jeka. Despite the chill of the morning, the girl wore but the filmiest shift, and in the morning light, it was most clear that she wore absolutely nothing beneath, except for the bronze cuff on her left ankle, a cuff attached to a bronze chain. The chain was bolted to a bronze circlet affixed to the side of the wagon. The girl’s face was pale, and her green eyes carried sadness. Four huge men with cudgels stood there—one at each corner of the wagon. A man in a rich deep blue jacket stood on the stones of the street, his voice pitched to carry. “Beauties for indenture… young, beautiful girls…” His eyes took in Kharl’s staff, and there was the slightest hesitation before he continued. “Girls for every taste and pleasure…” Kharl glanced down the pier toward the Hamorian merchanter tied up beyond the Seastag. A blonde beauty—and the girl was attractive— would be welcome in Swartheld. The girl’s eyes did not meet Kharl’s or any other’s. “Blonde… redhead… any kind of beauty you’d like…” Kharl turned abruptly, his lips tight together as he walked away from the slaver. Indenture or not, the process was slavery. He’d hoped for better in Valmurl. His eyes moved from side to side, taking in the handful of people out so early. Most seemed well-dressed, and he saw no one in rags or begging. He thought over Hagen’s words. “Lord Estloch has a good heart… would be as fair as possible.” He understood the message beneath. Lord Estloch was either weak or having troubles in holding on to his land. Or perhaps those beneath him had too much power. Whatever Hagen had meant exactly, it was clear enough that matters were not as Hagen would have had them, and that troubled Kharl, for he knew Hagen to be a fair and more than decent captain and man. Should he seek passage to Vizyn, and seek out Taleas, the scrivener whom Tyrbel had written? Or first check with the coopers that Hagen had mentioned? After a moment, he decided to visit the coopers in Val-murl. Why travel to a destination where the prospects were unknown until he exhausted the possibilities nearer at hand? As he walked along the cobblestoned streets, avoiding the too-frequent potholes holding ice and mud, and the gutters that needed cleaning, he studied the shops and the narrow-faced brick dwellings squeezed tightly together. For the number of dwellings, he saw few enough men and women on the streets, although he still saw no beggars or peddlers or tinkers. Trader’s Square was six long blocks west of the harbor, but it was still early when Kharl reached the square. Despite the winter chill, the air was still, and he had unfastened his jacket to keep from getting too warm. He stood at the edge of the square for several moments. The square was a good twenty rods in length and ten in width, with the center simply an open, paved space. A handful of carts had been pulled into place in the center of the square, but some of the shops and factor’s buildings were yet shuttered. The cooperage was on the far south side of the square, not exactly on it, but on the corner street leading into the square. The building was perhaps another ten cubits wider than Kharl’s had been, and featured double doors in front, with a front loading dock to one side. That suggested that there was not a usable alley behind the cooperage. Kharl shrugged and stepped through the open doors and into a workroom nearly as deep as his own had been. He noted more shavings and sawdust than he would have preferred, but the cooperage was still relatively neat and clean, and the brick walls had been swept and cleaned recently. As he glanced around the shop, Kharl could see four figures working. One was slighter and smaller, probably an apprentice. A young man, perhaps four or five years older than Arthal, stepped from the workbench at one side to meet Kharl. “Ser?” His eyes flicked across the staff and came back to Kharl. “I’m looking for Dezant,” Kharl said. “Yes, ser. He’s at the miller’s right now. Is there anything that I could help you with? Are you interested in tight or slack cooperage?” “Are you his son? You seem to understand…” The young man smiled. “I’m Elont. There are three of us working with Father.” “He’s fortunate, indeed. There mi, ] all so busy.” “Valmurl does require many barjv , lV> tiously. “But not quite so many as you “It’s always better to sell more would interest you, ser?” “I’m afraid my interest is a shared C] ter, and my father was a cooper. I war^j t0 was true, if not telling the entire story. Elont smiled politely, disappointed. “It5 J “So I had heard, and I’m glad to see it. “You’d be better off, ser, to remain as i ‘tJ than to open a cooperage here.” “I had no thought of opening a cooperatJ tainly not now, but one must think of the futn “You’re certain we couldn’t sell your ves^ “The captain is well aware of your work, J order it,” Kharl replied politely. “I appreJ inclined his head. “Thank you, ser.” Kharl eased out the door, grateful at least j in the shop. Outside, he looked around, According to Hagen, Kundark was on the i Guard Barracks. Kharl readjusted his pack breath still steaming in the chill air. Ahead, he glimpsed two children in rag: so shabbily dressed. One—a girl—went to solid gray cloak of warmth and style. Khar“ but her pleading position was all too clear. The man glanced around, twice, stiff* walking away. A shrill whistle sounded. The boy va viceway, and the girl scrambled to her feet/ avoid the patroller who grasped her roug moved closer, he strained to hear the patrol^-‘ “… begging, you were…” “… wasn’t beggin‘… wasn’t…” “… off to the indenturer’s… Begging’s against the Lord’s Law. You know that.” “… no… not that…” “… pretty little thing like you… fetch a good price in Hamor won’t be cold there, either…” Kharl winced at the thought of the beggar girl ending up like the girl on the dock, but he did not try to interfere, much as he would have liked to, and he only watched as the patroller dragged the child down a side street. His guts churned, much as he imagined Charee both telling him he’d done what was wise and asking him why he hadn’t done so earlier. He kept walking, but it was a while before he felt any calmer. A good half glass later, he stood across the street from the stone walls surrounding the Guard Barracks. He had completed a circuit of the streets facing onto the Barracks, but had not seen anything resembling a cooperage to the Barracks. Two uniformed figures stood as sentries outside the gate. One was scarcely more than a boy, and the other looked to be at least as old as Kharl. The younger sentry looked at Kharl. Kharl looked back and, after a moment, the youthful guard dropped his eyes. Kharl turned and started down the narrow lanelike street that angled northwest from the corner of the barracks. Fifty cubits or so down the lane, in front of a seamstress’s shop, a white-haired woman in a patched coat swept dust and old snow away from the doorway of the shop. “I’m looking for—” Kharl began. “Speak up. You looking for something, fellow?” “A cooper named Kundark. I’d heard his cooperage was here.” “It was. Over there.” The woman pointed to the burned-out shell of a building a hundred cubits farther along the narrow lane. From what Kharl could see, the cooperage had been about half the size of Dezant’s shop, and the blaze had not been all that recent. “What happened?” The woman shrugged. “No one knows. No one’s seen Kundark. Consort and son died in the fire. Terrible blaze it was.” “How did it start?” “No one knows.” The woman looked away from Kharl and resumed sweeping, muttering to herself, “Stupid question… outland black-staffer.” After a long look at her, and a longer one at the burned ruins, Kharl turned and retraced his steps back northward in the general direction of where he had understood the refit yard to be. Valmurl stretched much farther to the north than Kharl had thought, and it was close to noon before Kharl reached the workshops on the ancient street opposite the refit yard and the three dry docks—all empty. The three largest structures facing the harbor and yards were shuttered and locked, large barnlike buildings whose exterior planks and timbers had weathered into faded gray. Grimy powdered snow lay drifted into the corners where the plank walls met the frozen ground or the worn and cracked cobblestones of the street. Kharl’s face and hands were numb from the chill, even though he had periodically thrust his hands up under his jacket. Between the two shuttered and larger structures on the northern end of the block was a smaller building, one with unshuttered windows and a half barrel displayed on a bracket to the right of the front loading doors. Kharl made his way to the cooperage and, with a shrug, opened the door and stepped inside. A single gray-haired man straightened from where he stood over a machine that looked to Kharl as though it were a combination planer and router of some sort. Kharl stepped forward. “You’re Chalart?” “That’s me.” The cooper’s eyes raked across Kharl. “You another cooper looking for a place?” Before Kharl could reply, the wiry man went on. “Not enough orders for me and my boy, and certainly not enough for another mouth.” “How did you know?” asked Kharl. Chalart snorted. “You got that look and a pack on your back. Buyers don’t wear packs. Seen more…” He shook his head. “Wager you’re a good cooper, too.” “One of the best,” Kharl said. “Then… why are you here?” “I’m from Nordla. The lord’s son didn’t care that I stopped his pleasures with my neighbor’s daughter.” “Think things be different here?” “I’d hope no one would want to kill me,” Kharl replied ruefully. “You might get that.” Chalart studied Kharl. “What have you been doing?” “Ship’s carpenter.” “Keep doing it. I know a half score of coopers that’d jump for your position.” “How did things get so bad?” Kharl asked. “Ask the Emperor of Hamor… or Lord Estloch. I’m just a cooper, trying to hang on till things get better. They might, someday. Never know.” Chalart looked down at the wood in the planer. Kharl took the hint. “Thank you. The best of fortune to you.” “And to you.” Once outside, where the wind had shifted and now blew, colder and icier, out of the northeast, Kharl studied the refit area, seemingly almost abandoned, from the empty dry docks to the cold gray harbor waters with an increasing chop—and not a single vessel tied to the one pier adjoining the dry docks. After several moments, Kharl turned back toward the harbor. Should he spend good silvers to get passage to Vizyn to find Taleas and see if the scrivener could help him? If he didn’t go, how would he know if there might be a place for a cooper? Nine hundred kays might make a difference. And it might not. The walk back south and east was long, but Kharl found the coaster pier by midafternoon. Standing at the foot of the pier, he studied both the Norther and the Southshield, then decided on the Southshield, a smaller version of the Seastag—twin-masted with midships paddle wheels. He walked down the dock to the ship, and up the gangway to the sailor on watch, who could have been Tarkyn’s younger brother, gray-haired rather than white-haired, but square-faced and grizzled. The sailor watched, but did not speak as Kharl neared. “I was looking for passage to Vizyn,” Kharl said. “Let me get the second.” The watchstander rang the bell twice, but said nothing more. Kharl did not wait long for the second mate, a narrow-faced woman within a few years of his own age, with gray eyes and short hair. “We’re not hiring,” she told him bluntly. “I was looking for passage to Vizyn.” “You a blackstaffer?” “No. I grew up in Brysta. I’ve been the carpenter second on the Seastag.” “Don’t take deadheads.” “I’ll pay passage, if it’s not too much. Captain Hagen said to tell you that he sent me.” “Why’d he say that?” “The Seastag’s going into refit. I’ve been his second carpenter, but I’d heard there might be a need for my skills in Vizyn…” The second laughed. “Four silvers. Three more for return passage if you decide to come back on the same trip.” “Is Vizyn that bad?” “It’s cold. Snow everywhere. Everyone knows everyone else. Don’t care for outsiders.” Kharl thought. He wasn’t going to be a cooper in Valmurl, not when no one would take him on and when he didn’t have the golds to set up his own shop. The same might be true in Vizyn, but would he always look back and wonder if he didn’t go there and see? “When do you leave?” “In about a glass.” “What sort of quarters? Food?” “Four gets you a bunk in a space for two, and meals with the crew. We just run two meals a day at sea. You’re the only passenger this run, so you get more space. If you need more gear, be back here in a glass. You can pay then.” Kharl smiled wryly. “Got all the gear I’ll need. You the one who gets the silvers?“ “Me or the captain.” Kharl eased the silvers out of his wallet and tendered them. “Welcome aboard. Name’s Herana.” “Kharl,” he replied. ; “I’ll show you your spaces and then have you meet the captain.” She turned. Kharl followed, noting that the deck was clean and that what he saw of the vessel looked shipshape. Then, Hagen had recommended the Southshield. LXVIII rue to Herana’s words, Captain Harluk had cast off from the coaster pier at Valmurl in late afternoon and steamed out of the harbor. Once clear of the harbor, Harluk had shut down the engine and kept the Southshield heading due east until well after sunset. Then, in the dimness after twilight, in seas that were not quite so heavy as those the Seastag had encountered on its way to Valmurl, the captain had brought the coaster onto a northerly heading. Kharl’s cabin was but big enough for two bunks, one atop the other, although he shared it with no one, and there was space enough under the lower bunk for his pack. He had been forced to angle the staff to get it to fit through the passageway and into the cabin. Supper on the Southshield had been distinguished mainly by the hot bread and peppery gravy spread over slices of meat so salty Kharl hadn’t been certain what it was, perhaps mutton that had been dried, before being boiled and covered with gravy. Still, with the bread, and some hard cheese, and dried apples, Kharl had found it far better than most meals he had eaten in the eightdays before signing on the Seastag. In the late twilight, well after eating, Kharl had made his way on deck and stood slightly forward of the paddle wheel casing, aft enough that the spray from the bow did not mist around him, although there was more spray across the deck than on the Seastag, doubtless because of the Southshield’s narrower beam. At times, the dark waters shimmered with a luminescence that was not light, but the darkness of order. Although Kharl could not have explained how order-darkness could create light within the very ocean, he felt and knew that somehow that was so. Now that he was actually on his way to Vizyn, he had more questions of himself. Why was he spending silvers, so hard gotten, to travel to Vizyn? Just because Tyrbel had written Taleas? How could there be a place for a cooper there when there were none in Valmurl, certainly much larger? Or was he carrying out the trip because he had already decided that was what he should do? When did a wise man change plans? Why? “You’re a hardy one.” Kharl turned to see the second mate less than three cubits away, almost lost in the darkness. She stepped closer, then stopped. “Thinking,” he explained. “You could do that in a far warmer place,” she said with a laugh. “Then… I probably wouldn’t think. I’d just fall asleep,” he admitted. Herana stepped closer, stopping a good cubit short of Kharl. “That’s a sailor’s answer.” “That’s what I’ve been for the past seasons.” “And you’re leaving a good ship with a good captain without knowing where you’re going or what you’ll do?” Put that way, his actions seemed foolish. “Does seem strange,” he admitted. “One way of putting it.” After a moment, she asked, “How’d you get that staff? It’s a real Reduce blackstaff.” “It belonged to someone else. She was murdered. I tried to return it to the Brethren when I got to Nylan, but they said it belonged to me and that I could keep it or they’d destroy it.” Kharl shrugged. “Couldn’t see a good staff being destroyed.” “That means you’re a mage.” “No. I’m no mage. I was a cooper, then I became a carpenter.” “They don’t let just anyone who shows up with one of those keep it,” the second pointed out. “They did say that I was drawn to order,” Kharl admitted. “But I’m not a mage. Doubt if I ever could be one.” At the uneasiness that settled over him with those woras, he quickly added, “Not like any of them. Maybe I could put a bit more order in my work—things like that.” “You probably already do. Captain Hagen looks for folk like that.” “He does?” “That and more. Some folk say he’s the lord’s left hand, seeing as they’re cousins, seconds, though. Don’t know as I’d buy that, close as folk say they are. Captain Harluk doesn’t, and there’s little that escapes him, either.” “I thought there was something about him, even when he first came to the cooperage…” “You had your own cooperage?” “I did. That was a while ago. Things don’t always turn out the way they should.” Herana laughed once more. “Life’s like that.” Then she nodded to him. “Take care up here. Farther north we go and the colder it gets, deck could get icy and slippery.” “I’ll be careful,” Kharl promised, watching as the second slipped away aft, back into the deeper shadows not touched by the lamps from the poop deck. After a time, he turned and headed back to his cabin. It wasn’t that much warmer than the deck, but the lack of wind and chill spray made it seem so, and the day had been long. LXIX In his winter jacket, hands thrust inside it to keep them warm, Kharl stood midships, just forward of the paddle wheel frame, where he was partly sheltered from the wind blowing from the stern, as the Southshield eased its way up to the single squat pier at Vizyn. His pack and staff were at his feet. The small harbor opened to the northeast, looking out on gray waters that might have been liquid ice from the chill carried by the wind. The hempen fenders that cushioned the hull from the pier crackled as the Southshield came to rest against the dock, and icy fragments sprayed forth in the morning air. Everywhere that Kharl looked, there was white, from the steep hills that encircled the port town to the snow-covered evergreens on those hills. The roofs of the dwellings and buildings in Vizyn were covered with snow, and the streets that Kharl could make out were snow-packed. Had there been any sun, the glare would have been unbearable, but thick and low gray clouds covered the sky, and in places obscured the tops of the taller hills to the west. Smoke from chimneys drifted upward in grayish lines, eventually merging with the low clouds. “Double up, now!” came the command from aft. Kharl waited until the ship was secured, and the gangway down to the pier before shouldering his pack and picking up his staff. He moved back around the midships paddle wheel and toward the quarterdeck area where Herana stood. The second mate looked at Kharl. “We’ll be casting off early morning tomorrow. There’ll be space back to Valmurl if you need it. Don’t carry many passengers in the winter, just timber and some hard coal.” “Thank you.” Kharl glanced beyond the pier. “You were right. There is snow everywhere.” She laughed. Kharl smiled in return and made his way down the gangway. The pier itself was generally clear of snow, but he saw patches of dark ice here and there. He decided to follow the wider street that was mostly clear of snow and lined with shops. The shop nearest the harbor, unsurprisingly, was a chandlery and looked to be open. Kharl stamped his boots on the planks of the porch, swept clear of snow, unlike parts of the street, before stepping inside and carefully closing the door behind him. The man who was sweeping the floor stopped and looked up, his eyes taking in the long black staff. He appeared to be Kharl’s age, although his beard was streaked with white and bushy. “Could I help you?” “I’m looking for a scrivener named Taleas…” The chandler tilted his head slightly, frowning, before he smiled and answered. “His place is about seven, eight blocks toward the center of town. Go up the street till you get to the White Deer. Turn right at the corner. Should be two-three hundred cubits farther, on the left.” “Thank you.” “Interest you in some winterbread? Fine travel food.” Kharl smiled. “After I find Taleas… then we’ll see.” He nodded and turned. Again he was careful to close the door behind him when he left and stepped back outside. His breath was a white plume in the cold air permeated by the mixed odcrs of both burning wood and coal. Kharl’s ears tingled after several hundred cubits, and he could understand why the few people he saw on the streets wore caps or hats, generally with earflaps. He kept walking up the street, alternating putting one hand and then the other inside his winter jacket, a jacket that was clearly too light for the cold of Vizyn. Healthy plumes of whitish smoke poured from the chimneys of the White Deer, and Kharl was almost tempted to step inside the inn, if only to warm himself. He could feel the chill creeping into his toes, and his ears and fingers were beginning to get numb. But the chandler had said that Taleas was but a few hundred cubits from the inn. So Kharl turned right and kept walking. He walked a good three or four hundred cubits down the rapidly narrowing street. He saw a cobbler’s shop, a tiny coppersmith’s, and dwellings cramped together with only small side yards heaped high with snow, but saw no sign of a scrivener’s shop. He turned around and retraced his steps, this time going in the other direction from the White Deer. The street did not narrow, but widened slightly, and the dwellings seemed larger and better kept. The fifth dwelling—more like a small cottage surrounded by snow-draped conifers—had a carving of a pen and an inkpot on the flat surface below the eaves that sheltered the small front porch. The short stone walk had been cleared and swept, and Kharl walked up it and onto the porch. He rapped gently on the door, then waited. In time, a rotund figure in gray—gray trousers, gray shirt, with a heavy gray sweater over the shirt—cracked the door and peered out without speaking. “I’m looking for a scrivener called Taleas.” “Let’s say you’ve found him.” The rotund man looked over Kharl. “You a blackstaffer?” “No.” “Too bad. Could use one around here. Seafarer?” “I have been—second carpenter. I used to be a cooper. A scrivener named Tyrbel said that I should see you if I ever got to Vizyn.” The rotund man nodded. “How are his sons?” Kharl frowned. “He has none. He never did. Unless there’s another scrivener somewhere named Tyrbel. I meant the one in Brysta.” Taleas nodded again. “What do you know of Tyrbel lately?” Kharl shook his head. “He was killed by an assassin before I left Brysta. That was one reason why I left. We’d been friends and neighbors, and I feared that I would be next.” “What happened to the assassin?” Kharl glanced around, then, seeing no one close to the scrivener’s door, replied, “I killed him with a cudgel.” Taleas laughed ruefully, once. “What’s your name?” “Kharl.” “You look like the fellow he wrote about.” The door opened wider. “Come on in. I don’t know as I can help you much, but I can at least offer you some hot cider, a bite to eat, and let you thaw out before a hot stove.” “Thank you.” Kharl followed the scrivener into the cottage, and then into a room off the front sitting room, where a wide and plain desk was set against a stone interior wall that suggested the room had been added later. On the other outside wall was a square iron stove from which radiated heat. On the top of the stove was a kettle. Kharl leaned the staff into the nearest corner. “Sit down. Sit down,” Taleas said. Kharl gratefully shed his pack, placing it on the frayed hooked rug covering the worn plank floor, then took the plain wooden chair, leaving the one with the cushion for the scrivener. Taleas took a woolen pad and used it to lift the kettle, then poured the steaming cider into a mug set on the corner of the desk before easing the kettle back onto the side of the stove. “Go ahead. I’ve already had two mugs this morning.” He reseated himself in his own chair. “Thank you,” Kharl said again, leaning forward and stretching to take the mug from the desk. He took a small sip of the hot liquid, grateful for the warmth, both from the drink and from the heat of the mug on his chilled hands. “What was this business with Tyrbel? He wrote that you might be coming this way, and that you might need a position as a cooper. He said you’d done him a favor he couldn’t repay.” Kharl almost winced. He doubted he’d done Tyrbel any favors at all, although he’d meant well. “Ah… he’d sent his youngest, Sanyle, to deliver something, and she was on her way back, just after twilight. Two men decided that they wanted her favors… she called for help, but I was the only one who heard.” Kharl shrugged. “I stopped them, and she got home safely.” Taleas raised his bushy eyebrows. “You a swordsman, too?” “No. They had blades. I ”;iad my cudgel. That was the problem.“ Kharl decided that the scrivener would get the entire story one way or the other and went on with a rush of words. ”I didn’t know one of them was Lord West’s youngest son, not until later. Then he attacked and beat up a black-staffer…“ Kharl made the story as quick as he could, including the assassin, and a shortened version of his own hiding out until he had gotten aboard the Seastag. ”So that’s how it all happened and how I got here.“ Taleas rocked forward and back in his chair. “Tyrbel said you were the sort who’d do what he thought was right, without much regard for the results.” “It’s been my undoing at times.” “Doing right thoughtlessly can also be the wellspring of chaos/‘ Taleas said ironically. ”You got that staff from the blackstaffer?“ “I tried to return it in Nylan, but the Brethren said it was mine. It’s helped at times, but…” Kharl smiled ruefully. “I can’t say I know much about it.” Taleas chuckled. “You’ll learn.” Kharl realized he wasn’t totally sure he wanted to learn how to use it. “You’ll learn, or you’ll end up like poor Tyrbel.” Taleas tilted his head. “The only cooper who might even think about needing help is Almard, and that would only be for a few years, until his eldest is of apprentice age. He would not pay well.” “For now, I need little except for food, some clothes, and a roof over my head.” “That is all you’d get from Almard. The others can offer nothing.” Taleas smiled sadly. “Is it just the winter?” asked Kharl. “Life has always been harder here than in Valmurl. The winter is longer, the summer shorter, but the fishers brought in good catches, and they salted them and sold them. With the winter ice, they could keep the fish almost fresh. Vizyn’s fish was prized everywhere, and that was why we once had so many coopers. Then the fish disappeared from the Winter Banks. The only sources of coins left are the timber, and some of the hard coal, but there’s getting to be less and less of that.” Taleas shrugged. “Were I younger… but I have some coins laid by, and Elmaria gets some rents from the land she got from her father. Vizyn has been our families’ home for so long we cannot count the years. Where else would we go?” He offered another sad smile. “Besides, in these days, one place is much like another.” Much like another? In what way? Kharl drained the last of the warm and welcome spiced cider. “Are you saying there is little difference between Candar or Reduce or Hamor or Austra?” “Those that have the wealth and power decide. Here, we have a little wealth. Elsewhere, it would be less than nothing. Have you not seen that?” Kharl thought for a moment before responding. “I think that wealth and power have always decided matters.” He paused before adding, “I would worry more about how they decide. Not whether they decide.” Taleas laughed abruptly. “Well said! Well said! Perhaps you should have been a scrivener, or even a justicer.” “I’m a carpenter who’s been a cooper, and hopes to be one again. Nothing more.“ “I fear, friend Kharl, that is your problem. Tyrbel wrote as much, and in but a few words, I can attest to what he wrote. For a cooper or a carpenter, you think too much. And you think too deeply, and you are inclined to act on what you believe. If you do not act, those actions you do not take will eat you from within. If you do act, those in power will eat you from without.” “You make my plight seem hopeless,” Kharl observed. “Difficult, certainly,” Taleas agreed. “Just how would you suggest that I escape this… situation?” asked Kharl, in spite of the fact that he was certain he would not like the reply. “You must obtain wealth or power, or obtain the protection of one who has them.” “Ah… just obtain wealth and power, or a friend who has both…” Kharl shook his head. “I fear I will have trouble even finding a cooper to take me on.” “You may indeed,” Taleas said agreeably. “Perhaps I have said too much. That is a failing of those of us who have grown old.” “You are doubtless right about the cure to my situation, but the cure seems as hopeless as the situation,” Kharl replied. “I thank you for your hospitality, but I should be finding Almard.” Taleas rose from his chair. “That should not be difficult. He is well outside the town. Just follow this road until you come to the mill. His house and shop are on the other side of the road from the mill. I would judge it is two kays.” Kharl stood and reclaimed his pack and staff. “I wish I had brought better news.“ i “You brought news in good faith, and you stood by Tyrbel as best you could. That is rare in any times, but rarer still in these.” Taleas paused. “Just a moment.” He scurried from the room, moving more quickly than Kharl had thought he might for a man of his age and bulk, returning almost immediately, extending a pair of worn but still well-stitched and fleece-lined leather gloves. “These were once a friend’s, and they were left to me.” He held up a small and wiry hand. “As you can see, they are far too large for me, but they will do you good, and do me none.” “I could not take your—” Taleas pointed to his belt and the heavy gloves stuffed there. “I have good gloves.” “Thank you. I appreciate your kindness.” Kharl decided that to refuse the gloves would be but a gesture, and a foolish one. “I do. I would that I could repay you in some fashion.” “Oh… you will. You already have in a way. Now… pull up the collar of your jacket to shield your ears,” Taleas added as he escorted Kharl back to the front door. Kharl did so. “Give Almard my best, not that he’ll care, but it won’t hurt.” Taleas opened the door. “Thank you.” Kharl stepped outside and bowed to the scrivener. “Do what you can, young fellow. All I ask.” Taleas smiled and closed the door. As Kharl headed out the road that led from Vizyn, he pondered the scrivener’s words about one place being much like another. Was that because people were alike? Somehow, those words went with what the druids had said to him, although he would have to think over why that might be so. He also had not considered himself a young fellow, but compared to Taleas, he was. By the time he had covered the two kays on the snow-packed and chill road and reached the mill, clearly shut down for the winter, he was especially grateful to Taleas for the gloves. Without them, his hands would have been blocks of ice. Almard had a cottage much like that of Taleas, with a barnlike shop attached to the left side of the cottage by an enclosed walkway. The walkway was half-buried in snow piled there—presumably from clearing the space in front of the shop’s loading dock, although Kharl only saw a single set of wagon tracks in the packed snow. He walked to the workroom door and rapped, once. After a moment, he rapped again. “Come on in, and close the door, if you would.” Kharl stamped his boots clear of snow and stepped inside. Once there, he surveyed the work space, which looked as though it had indeed once been a barn. While Kharl’s breath did not steam, the cooperage was still chill, and only a handful of barrels were stacked inside, just behind the loading doors. The forge that had been added later, to the right side of the barn, was cold, and had been for a time. A single cylindrical iron stove sat in the middle of the work space. Kharl could feel the heat, but he was distracted slightly to realize that the stove was not a true cylinder, but had six vertical sides. He’d never seen a stove shaped like that. Almard stepped toward the door. The cooper was a heavy man, just a shade shorter than Kharl, but carrying a good two stone more than the carpenter. “What can I do for you?” Although the words were hearty enough, Kharl could sense a falseness behind them. “Taleas sends his best,” Kharl began. “He said I might stop and see you.“ “You be needing some cooperage?” Interest sparked in the eyes of the heavier man. “I was wondering if you could use an assistant cooper. He said that you might.“ “Not hardly. Not any more ‘n he’d need another scrivener. Not with the heart of winter comin’ on.” “I heard there was good fishing here, even in winter,” Kharl suggested. “Used to be. No more. Why’d you think there’d be any place here? Not enough work for those of us still left.” “I’d heard about Vizyn a while back,” Kharl replied. “It took some time to get here.“ “Waste a‘ that time, you ask me.” Almard gestured toward the barrels by the loading dock. “That’s what I got for the last two eightdays, and they’re still waitin’.” “I’m sorry.” Kharl nodded. “The best of fortune to you.” He stepped back and opened the door. Almard did not say a word as Kharl stepped back into the afternoon chill, closing the door behind him. After taking a deep, slow breath, Kharl headed back toward the harbor. While he had not checked with any other coopers, it was clear enough from what he had seen of Vizyn that it was not the place for him. So he might as well tell Herana or whoever was on watch on the Southshield that he’d need the return passage to Valmurl. It was also clear that he’d spent almost a gold on nothing. He winced within the winter jacket at that thought. LXX After leaving his pack and staff in the cabin on the Southshield, and paying a few coppers extra to be able to sleep on board that night, Kharl had turned around and walked back to the White Deer for an early supper. Behind him a crew of men used a short crane to swing lengths of planks from heavy wagons on the pier to the ship. The clouds had not lifted, and the streets were hard, either with cold cobblestones, or clay frozen just as solid. A few stray flakes of snow fluttered down around Kharl, but they had stopped by the time he reached the inn. A woman in a heavy gray tunic and trousers met Kharl as he entered the White Deer and stood in the archway to the public room. “Ale or food or both?” “Both.” “Got a small table at the side. Early enough you can have it to yourself.” “Thank you.” Kharl followed her. The public room of the inn was close, but warm, with heat oozing out from the hearth on one side of the room and the large iron stove on the other. There were close to a half score of tables, most of them long and narrow, but there were three smaller tables against the outside wall, and the server led Kharl to the one closest to the hearth, for which he was grateful. His feet were cold, almost numb. “What do you have?” “Not much choice tonight, fellow. Got fowl pie or stew. Three coppers, either way.” “Which is better?” “Most times, the fowl pie. I’d go for the stew tonight.” “Then I will. Light ale?” “Berk’s lager’s better. Two coppers either way.” “I’ll try the lager.” Kharl flashed five coppers, and the server nodded and left. Within moments, the woman had returned. “Lager. Be a bit for the stew.“ “That’s fine.” He handed her the two coppers, and then a third. With a smile, she was gone. He took a sip of the lager—not so good as many, but passable, and despite the cold outside he was thirsty. Something hot, like cider, would have been too cloying. A group of men in sheepskin jackets entered the public room and took the long table nearest to Kharl without a word to anyone. When the server appeared, one of them just announced, “Hard jack for us all.” Kharl took another sip of his ale, listening to the newcomers. “… been a cold one this winter… a sow’s burden keeping the mill-race ice-free…” The cooper frowned. The mill he’d seen had been closed. Or were the men from a sawmill? “… already broke one of the bars…” “… coins though… and they’re hard enough to come by now…” “… still cold as a lord’s heart…” “… say that every winter…” “Well, it’s cold every winter.” Laughter welled up at the long table. The server reappeared with a large bowl, a spoon, and a small loaf of rye bread, setting them before Kharl. He handed over four coppers and received another smile, a brief one as she hurried back to the kitchen. She reappeared in moments carrying a tray on which were five steaming mugs that she set down, one after the other, before the men at the long table. “That’s a lass!” Kharl took a small mouthful of the stew. It was thick, tasty, and only slightly overpeppered, and the vegetables actually had not been cooked to mush. The bread was still warm, if slightly dry. Still, it was the best meal he’d had in days. After several mouthfuls, he began to pick up on the conversation at the long table once more. “… hear about what happened to Heyol’s cousin down in Gyran? The innkeeper… well, he was an innkeeper till they hung him…” “… for what?” “… for nothing… magistrate there strung him up for some law no one ever heard of… He never studied no books to be a magistrate… just got the job ‘cause Lord Estloch liked him. Justice… what he thinks it is…” “… better than they got in Elkyn… magistrate there hung a fellow for puttin‘ lead in his wine… said it was poison…” “… nothin‘ anywhere that says that…” “… just wanted wine to taste better… who could blame him for that?… hung him anyway.” Kharl frowned. Tyrbel had told him something about that years back, about how powdered lead made wine taste better, but how too much of it was a poison that drove men mad if they drank it too much and too often. “… who’s he to hang an innkeeper for some fool law no one ever heard of? Magistrates and justicers… just tools for the lords and them with coins…” “… be good to have a justicer… understood people, not coins…” Kharl had to wonder about that. From what he’d seen, most people didn’t want to be understood. They wanted to do what they wanted to do, whether or not others got hurt. He took another swallow of ale from the mug. “… save that kinda dreams for hot nights in summer…” “… hot nights… not gonna happen… not here, not there, not anywhere…” Another burst of laughter rose from the table beside Kharl. Before long, he would head back to the Southshield. There wasn’t anything else he wanted to do or anyone else to see in Vizyn. Of that he was certain. Carpenter and Mage LXXI The voyage back from Vizyn to Valmurl was swifter, but colder and rougher, than the trip north to Vizyn had been, and Kharl was more than elad when the Southshield finally tied up at the pier in the harbor at Valmurl late on a cloudy fourday afternoon. Herana stood by the railing as Kharl neared the gangway. “You going back to the Seastag?” Kharl grinned sheepishly. “If Captain Hagen’ll take me back.” “I’d wager he will.” Herana offered a broad smile, one that carried a trace of laughter in her gray eyes, and took away the lines in her narrow face. “Let’s hope you’re right.” Kharl returned the smile and, staff in hand and pack on his back, headed down the gangway. Valmurl didn’t feel all that much warmer than Vizyn. Was winter that cold in all of Austra? Kharl glanced at the warm gloves Taleas had given him, and for which he remained most grateful. He owed Taleas something, both for his honesty and the gloves, but how, and with what, could he repay the scrivener? Taleas had said Kharl had repaid him and would again, but he’d never explained, and Kharl hadn’t asked. A sense of sadness passed through him as he thought of another scrivener. He continued to make his way down the pier toward the harbor way. “You! With the staff!” Kharl turned. Three men in yellow-and-black tunics—uniforms of some sort— stood on the stone causeway at the shoreward end of the pier. The shorter armsman on the right pointed at Kharl. “Best get back on whatever ship you came in on.” Kharl forced himself to look at the lead armsman directly, but openly, and not with hostility, despite the anger in the man’s voice. The fellow had no hint of chaos, and Kharl did his best to project directness and honesty as he replied. “I’m a carpenter on the Seastag. I went to see friends while the ship was in refit.” “Who’s the master?” “Hagen’s the captain, Furwyl’s the first…” “Get back out to the refit yard then, and, if you know what’s good for you, don’t carry a dark staff like that, not now.” “Yes, ser. I will, ser, but I was traveling, and a staff helps…” Kharl paused as he realized that there were more of the uniformed armsmer everywhere. “What’s happened? When I left…” “Lord Estloch was murdered, that’s what.” “Oh… that’s not good.” “Worse ‘n that. Be on your way.” The words were gruff, but no longer hostile. “And get that staff put aside soon as you can.” “Yes, ser,” Kharl replied politely, wondering why the guard had backed down so quickly. Then, he was glad the man had. He made his way northward toward the street he thought led to the refit yards. He’d only been in that part of the harbor once before, seeking out Chalart to see about a position as a cooper. Had it only been little more than an eightday before? It seemed longer. Once he was away from the main part of the harbor, he saw no more guards in uniform, but there were few people out and about, fewer than he would have thought just from the cold weather and the chill wind. When he reached the refit yard, Kharl stopped short of the single pier and looked northwest. It was easy to pick out the Seastag in the last dry dock. The other two dry docks were empty, as they had been earlier. He made his way past the single pier and then along the edge of the water until he stood on the stone edge of the drained dry dock. The ship was resting on keel blocks and angled supports, and was also tethered with heavy hemp cables that ran from the masts and bowsprit to bollards twice the size of those in the harbor. Kharl looked down at the mud-smeared stone base of the dry dock, then toward the gangway. He walked to the gangway, but stopped short as Ghart appeared from a small shed set short of the gangway. “You didn’t like the country life so well, I see,” observed Ghart. “They weren’t too interested in having a good cooper, just a cheap one,” Kharl said, knowing he was shading the truth somewhat. “That’s the way of the world,” Ghart replied. “Captain told me you’d most likely be back. Never took you off the crew list.” Kharl didn’t know what to say to that. “He’s done that more ‘n once. Did it for me after my first voyage. Been with him ever since. We’re all in the bunkhouse there.” Ghart gestured toward the low stone structure set back from the refit area, and north of the warehouses and Chalart’s cooperage. “Need to take your gear there, then report back here.” He grinned. “Tarkyn said you’d be back. Been saving some work for you. We’re about through for today, but he’ll still want to see you.” Kharl laughed. “He was hoping I’d be back.” “That he was.” Ghart’s eyes darted toward the southwest. Kharl could sense the second’s concern. “What’s going on? I saw armsmen all over the port.” “Someone murdered Lord Estloch the day before yesterday. Crossbow quarrel from the woods while he was hunting. No one knows who. He’d disinherited his eldest years back. Said Ilteron was cruel, and that cruelty didn’t serve a land well. People have been saying that he— Ilteron, that’s the older one—that he was behind the killing, and that he’s got an army and the support of Guillam. Guillam’s the head of the factors’ council, and most of the factors and crafters leastwise listen to him. Some even say that Ilteron’s marching out of the Shiltons against Lord Ghrant—that’s his younger brother—and the one Estloch had named as his heir.” “Where’s the captain?” “He’s in the Great House. He grew up with Lord Estloch, and Lord Ghrant sort of thought of him as an uncle. Sometimes, he’d advise Lord Estloch. That’s what they said.” Ghart looked at the dry dock. “We’re supposed to be out of here by the end of the eightday after this one. Wish it were sooner. Ship in dry dock is like a man with his legs broken.” “They’ve got guards in uniform—black and yellow—at the piers in the main part of the harbor,” Kharl said. “Black and yellow—those are Lord Ghrant’s personal guards. The Austran regulars are black and green.” “You don’t think he trusts the regulars? Lord Ghrant, I mean.” “Don’t know as I’d trust anyone, were I in his boots,” Ghart replied. “Better get your gear over there in the bunkhouse. Tarkyn said you’d a lot of catching up to do.” Kharl laughed again as he turned from the gangway and headed toward the bunkhouse. LXXII After a passable supper in the common room of the bunkhouse, a fair night’s sleep, and almost no comment by others in the crew about his absence, except a few jokes about coopers, the next morning Kharl was hard at work. Tarkyn had set up a lathe and a planer in a shed on the northern side of the dry dock, a shed kept passably warm inside by an ancient woodstove and surrounded outside by seasoned oak planks stacked chest high. Kharl’s task was to rough-finish the planks to the measurements Tarkyn had already made. “I thought the shipwrights were the ones working on the Seastag,” Kharl said. “They do the hull. Captain’s paid extra to have the whole hull checked for ship worms. Problem is… no one can afford to have every plank in the ship copper-treated. Just treat the hull and main timbers. Turns out that there were places where they ate into the interior planks. We get to craft the planking for the sections bein‘ replaced.” Kharl’s eyes went toward the timbers stacked high outside the shed. “All those?” “Probably not, but there’s a whole section in the main hold… and another just above the bilges in the forward hold…” Kharl had to smile. Fairness aside, there were reasons why Hagen had wanted him back. “So you rough-finish the ones for the main hold to size, while I’m down getting the sizes for the forward ones…” “Leaving me the hard work,” Kharl joked. “Beats being a cooper without a copper to your name,” retorted Tarkyn with a mock-gruff ness. “Should anyway…” “That it does, most honored master carpenter.” Kharl grinned and offered a deep bow. They both laughed. Tarkyn was still chucking when he left. Kharl had been working in the shed for well over a glass and had a goodly sized pile of planks ready for Tarkyn when the door opened. He looked up to see Hagen closing the door and moving toward the lathe. Kharl slowed the lathe and stepped back. “Hard at work, I see,” said the captain. “Glad to have you back.” “Yes, ser. I’ve got some catching up to do. Have to say that I’m glad to be back, ser,“ Kharl replied. ”And I appreciate your kindness. I do.“ “Even with everything Tarkyn had waiting?” Hagen’s eyes twinkled for a moment. “Even so.” Kharl paused. “Might I ask what’s happening in Valmurl with Lord Ghrant?“ Hagen’s countenance turned sober. “It’s said that his older brother Ilteron has landed an army at Bruel, and the highland barons of the west have thrown in with him.” Bruel? Where the Hamorians could still send brimstone? Kharl decided not to ask, not yet, instead saying, “I’d heard that Ilteron was a cruel sort. Why would they support him?” “They can accept his cruelty more than the rule of his brother. They dislike the reforms that Lord Estloch forced on them and Lord Ghrant is said to favor. Especially the right of peasants to buy their way out of indenture. They claim that they’ll lose all their lands because the peasants will all leave.” “How will most peasants ever raise that kid of coin?” asked Kharl. Hagen looked sharply at Kharl, then smiled wanly. “Most won’t. It doesn’t matter. The highland lords are used to being absolute rulers over their lands. The merchants and factors have more power in the north and east, and most won’t support Ilteron because they feel that his rule will ruin trade and factoring.” “Are the east and west of Austra that different?” “They are indeed.” “Will the merchants and factors stand behind Lord Ghrant? I’d heard that someone on the factors’ council…” “Guillam has left Valmurl. The others will hold for Ghrant, but it will be a hard battle because Ilteron has more than a few companies of Hamorian-trained free armsmen.” “Free armsmen?” “Armsmen who serve the highest bidder.” “The Emperor of Hamor is paying them, you think?” asked Kharl. “With the brimstone going there, isn’t that likely?” “How would one know? I would guess so, but that isn’t something that’s proof…” Hagen shrugged. “The highland barons love warfare, and they have waited for years to take revenge on the easterners and merchants.” “If they are so warlike, how—” “They are fewer, and they could never long hang together, and when Lord Estloch’s great-great-grandsire subdued them, he stationed arms-men all along the borders and stopped their raids. It was bloody, because the easterners lost twice as many men, but Lord Isthel kept the highlanders from getting enough food. After three years, they were starving, and he marched into the highlands and leveled all their keeps and took all their weapons. For two generations, he and his son garrisoned the west.” Hagen laughed, ruefully. “Then the garrison commanders became the lords of the highlands…” Kharl shook his head. “Seems like what the fathers learn, the grandchildren forget,” Hagen said. “Enough of that. I’m keeping you from your work, and we’ll need the Seastag back afloat as soon as we can.” He nodded. “Good to have you back.” Then he was gone. Kharl turned his attention back to the planer and the next set of measurements. As always, he recalled his father’s maxim: Measure twice, cut once. But he still fretted about landowners who seemed just like Egen. Did every land have them? What did it take to keep them from their evil? Was greater power or violence always the only answer? Then he shook his head, ruefully. Just what could a carpenter do? Abruptly, he stopped. Taleas had said that if he did not learn more about himself and the staff, he would end up as dead as Tyrbel. With turmoil everywhere he went, those words carried more impact. LXXIII For the next several days, Kharl and the rest of the crew worked from just before dawn to after dusk. By twoday of the following eightday, Kharl and Tarkyn had replaced all the damaged planks in the Seastag, including several that Tarkyn had not realized were damaged, but that Kharl’s order-senses had discovered. Kharl had been careful enough to show the damage with a hammer and chisel, rather than claiming anything. In the evenings, on a straight-backed chair pulled up under one of the few wall lamps in the common room of the bunkhouse, Kharl had taken to reading and rereading sections of The Basis of Order. He was puzzling over a phrase—“the greater the concentration of order within objects, the greater the amount of free chaos in the world.” At that moment, the door to the outside opened, and a gust of wind whistled through the room for the instant that it took a short and stocky man in a brown cloak to enter and close the door behind him. The newcomer glanced around the common room before his eyes lighted upon Kharl. Nodding, as if to himself, he stepped forward. Kharl closed the book, still holding it, and stood. Although he had never seen the man, he could sense the darkness of order surrounding him. “I’ve heard about you—felt you as well.” The man was well muscled, if graying, and his hair and the tunic under his heavy brown cloak were almost the same shade. He pulled up a chair and seated himself but a few cubits from Kharl. Kharl sat down slowly. “Felt me?” “Bit old for a blackstaffer, though.” “Blackstaffer?” Kharl shook his head. “I’m not from Reduce. I’m a cooper from Brysta. Or I was.” Who was the man, and what did he want with Kharl? “You can’t stay as a ship’s carpenter forever, much as Hagen would like to keep you. Sooner or later, you’ll do too much, or one of Lord Ilteror/s mages will discover you’re here.” “An assistant to a carpenter?” “You’re a better carpenter than Tarkyn is. He knows it, and that’s why he has you doing the precise work. He’s been around long enough that it doesn’t bother him, and it makes his life easier.” The other smiled. “Why are you here?” Kharl asked. “Who sent you?” “No one sent me. I came to see you, to offer you some insight… if you’re interested. You should be, if you’ve got any sense.” Kharl still felt uneasy and off-balance. “Why did you mention Lord Ilteron? And not Lord Ghrant?” “Lord Ghrant doesn’t have any mages.” Kharl guessed. “He has you… doesn’t he?” The other smiled. “Such as I am, I suppose. I couldn’t do much against true chaos-wizards. My little tricks wouldn’t even slow them down. That’s why I stay away from the Great House. I’d just call attention to Lord Ghrant’s lack of magery.” “What kind of tricks?” “Each skill has to be learned. Most cannot be taught.” Kharl snorted. “I can’t teach coopering to everyone, but I can teach it to those who have the good hands and the wish to learn. I don’t see that magery is that much different.” “It’s not. But the costs are so much higher if the student is ungrateful.” The mage, if indeed he happened to be one, rose from the chair. “Now is not the time or place to talk. If you want to learn more, not that I can offer you more than a small portion of what you could do, you need to come find me. I’m in the Nierran Hills. That’s just northwest of here.” “You walked here?” “Why not? It’s only five kays, and I had to see who was creating such an order-focus. Besides, I could use the exercise.” “Order-focus?” Kharl frowned and, when the other did not respond, asked, “Who told you to come to me, and how would I get away?” “Just tell your captain that you’re going to see Lyras.” He wrapped his cloak around himself and walked to the bunkhouse door. With a brief wave, he was gone. “Who was that?” called Reisl from the corner where he and several others were gaming. “I don’t know,” Kharl said, then added, “He said his name was Lyras, but I’ve never seen him before.” Reisl offered a cryptic smile and went back to gaming. Kharl looked down at the book in his hand, thinking about what Lyras had said about the costs of magery being so much higher than those of coopering. After a time, he opened the book once more and began to read. He found it hard to concentrate on the words… or what they meant. LXXIV Dy midmorning of fiveday, Kharl knew he needed to talk to Hagen. After three days of thinking, of evenings spent reading The Basis of Order and learning little new from it, the words of both Taleas and Lyras had continued to hammer at him. So… during a break from working with the lathe to turn shafts for a bench back in the mess, Kharl eased away from the shed and toward the other side of the dry dock, where Hagen and Furwyl were standing and surveying the Seastag. Kharl stood well back, under a welcome and even slightly warm sun, with the first clear skies in almost an eightday, waiting for the captain and first mate to finish their conversation, hoping for a break before too long. “… tomorrow… the caulk’s set… after that?” “… timbers not as seasoned as we’d like, ser,” Furwyl replied. “We’ll have to watch that for near-on half a year… couldn’t get the best seasoned timbers, not ones that’d take copper…” “… try for the first of the eightday.” “Yes, ser.” Furwyl headed toward the building that held the shipwright’s foreman. After studying his vessel for a time, Hagen turned. “You wanted to speak to me, carpenter?” “Yes, ser.” Kharl stepped toward the captain. “The other night I had a visitor.” “Lyras. I heard.” “He said I should visit him, and that all I had to do was tell you.” Kharl waited. Hagen laughed. “That old devil! Maybe he does know something. By all means, go and see him. Work in the morning and see him in the afternoon. See what you can find out.” “About what?” “About anything. He won’t tell you unless you ask.” “He already told me that Lord Ilteron has some white wizards,” Kharl ventured. “He didn’t say how he knew or where they came from.” “He never does,” Hagen replied. “With matters as they are, it’s more important than ever that you go and see him. All I ask is that you tell me anything you learn about what may be happening here in Austra.” “Are you sure…” Hagen looked hard at Kharl. “You might turn out to be a mage. You might not. If you are, we’ll all be better off for it. If you’re not, Lyras will tell you that as well, and you’ll be a better carpenter for it. Either way, I’m better off, and so are you.” “Yes, ser.” Kharl wasn’t certain that magery, especially any magery he might learn, would be that helpful to others. So far, his actions hadn’t exactly benefited those close to him, but he wasn’t about to say that. “Tell Tarkyn I’m having you visit Lyras. He’ll understand. I’ll be here mornings. If something can’t wait, Furwyl knows where to find me.” “Yes, ser.” Hagen took a last look at the dry-docked Seastag, then walked back toward the stern, squinting as his eyes peered at the lower hull. Kharl headed back to the shed that held the lathe and Tarkyn. He’d little more than entered it and closed the door before Tarkyn stopped the lathe. “What did you and the captain talk about? Saw you with him,” Tarkyn observed. “I told him about Lyras, and what he told me. Captain said he wanted me to go see Lyras in the afternoon, more than once, if necessary.” Tarkyn fingered his chin. “That’d figure, the captain being thought so close to Lord Estloch and now Lord Ghrant. He can’t visit Lyras, and no one’d think twice about your going.” He chuckled. “Even if it’s as much for your good as his.” Kharl shrugged helplessly. “What… the captain said. Those were his words…” “I’m sure they are.” Tarkyn looked at the lathe. “Best you get back to the lathe so that this old man doesn’t have to do too much by himself.” The gruff words were belied by the twinkle in the eyes of the white-haired carpenter. Kharl chuckled and took over at the lathe. Still, he felt guilty about leaving the carpentry shed at the dry dock not much after noon, but Tarkyn had almost shooed him out the door. “Captain has a reason for everything. Go!” Kharl went. He decided against taking the staff, but he did persuade Ghart to let him take a cudgel from the weapons locker. He covered the first few kays, through the streets and out the north road from Valmurl, easily enough. Then the stones of the north road gave way to damp and sometimes slippery clay, and he wished he had a staff for balance as his steps slowed. All in all, it was well into midafternoon by the time Kharl found Lyras, who was outside a modest cottage of red sandstone, stone smoothed and polished into an even finish, with a dark slate roof, glass windows, and green-painted shutters and front door. The dwelling was long and narrow, no more than fifteen cubits wide, but it ran back a good forty, Kharl judged. The mage was on the south side, pruning dormant berry bushes with a pair of long-handled shears. “Wasn’t certain I’d see you, Master Kharl.” Lyras took a last snip with the shears. “Kharl… I’m no master.” “Word is that you’re a master cooper, and you might be a master of more than that someday. Let’s go inside. I can have Zera heat up a kettle of something to warm us.” Lyras walked to the low front stoop, two steps above the front walk. There he set down the shears, then opened the door, holding it for Kharl to enter. “Thank you.” Kharl wasn’t that cold, not after a walk that had left him all too warm, but he appreciated the hospitality. A roundish brown-haired woman appeared at the back of the front room that extended the width of the cottage. “My consort, Zera,” Lyras said, before turning to her. “This is Kharl. He’s the one I told you about. If you wouldn’t mind warming up the tonic… dear?” “I’ve already put it on.” Zera looked to Kharl. “I’ve some shortbread. Would you like some?” “That would be most welcome… if it’s not… I wouldn’t want…” Zera laughed heartily. “No… you won’t be eating us out of hearth and home. We’ve plenty.” With a smile, she slipped through the doorway leading out of the front room. Lyras gestured to the pair of chairs set several cubits back from the iron stove located in the northwest corner of the room. “We can talk here.‘ Kharl sat, and, after a long silence, looked at the older mage. ‘Tjj here.“ “And you want immediate enlightenment.” “No. I’d settle for a useful hint or two. Or an exercise that woulc teach me something.” “You can already detect chaos at a distance, and you can tell wht people do not tell the truth. That is more than many who claim to mages. Why do you wish to know more?” Kharl thought for a moment before replying. “I don’t know. I onl} feel that I should.” “So you can become wealthy and powerful, perhaps?” A slightly ironic tone colored Lyras’s words. “It would be good not to be coinless,” Kharl countered, “but I have enough coins.” Lyras nodded. “So you came to see me without being able to explain why, and you want my advice and help, but you can’t tell me where you’d like this advice?” Kharl nodded, and was saved from having to make an immediate response by the arrival of Zera, carrying two black mugs. She handed one first to Kharl, then one to Lyras, and slipped out of the front room, only to return with a small platter that she set on the low table between the town chairs. Without speaking, she left as quickly and as silently as she had entered. “It’s a sweetened redberry cider,” Lyras explained. “Takes the chill off the bones.” He took a sip. “Ahhh…” Then he reached for one of the oblong shortbreads. Kharl followed the older man’s example and found the hot drink neither too hot nor too sweet. He also had a shortbread. “It’s good. So is the shortbread.” After a moment, and another bite of shortbread, he looked at Lyras. “Why are you here? Outside of Valmurl?” “Why not? It’s a pleasant place, and far more comfortable than a few rooms in the Great House. I’m not that good a black mage. You’re already stronger than I am, and you’ve had no training at all. There’s no use for a weak mage in Reduce, and none of the lords in Austra or Nordla really want any powerful black mages in their lands. The Emperor of Hamor just uses mages up.” He gestured toward the window to his left, the one overlooking the berry bushes he had been pruning. “I know enough to help them produce and make jams and jellies, and no one pays much attention. 5Ometimes, I’d go to see Lord Estloch, but I never knew whether I’d done more good or harm. He let me stay because a weak black mage is much less trouble than a weak white wizard, who can still be obviously dangerous.“ Kharl wondered about the words—obviously dangerous. “I saw a white wizard once. He gathered young people, mostly girls, and when he was done, they died. Not a mark on them.” “Did he look younger afterward?” “I don’t know.” “He probably was younger. His body had more concentrated good chaos, the strength of youth. What happened to him?” “He died.” Kharl had said too much. “But… you must be from Reduce… you know so much…” “Ah, yes. I must confess that I was born in Reflin. My father was a baker, and a poor bakery it was. I didn’t learn a thing. Zera does all the baking, and a good thing it is.” The mage took another sip of the redberry cider, then looked at Kharl. “My talking isn’t going to help you much. Of course, not knowing what you want doesn’t help much either.” “I know what I want,” Kharl said. “I want to put things to right. I’d liked to have done that in Brysta. I just didn’t know how.” “What was wrong in Brysta?” “My consort was hung for a killing she had nothing to do with. I was flogged for trying to defend her and for stopping the lord’s son from taking his pleasure by force with a neighbor girl. Another man was hung because he told the truth about the lord’s son…” “Ah, yes… telling the truth. That’s often the recipe for disaster. Even a poor mage recognizes that. What else?” “A weaver girl had to hide in a rendering yard because the tariff farmer seized her mother’s house and shop and tried to force her into indenture at a pleasure house. That white wizard—the one I mentioned— was working with the lord’s son and killed young girls for his use, and no one even seemed to notice.” “It’s that way in most lands. It has been more often than not,” Lyras pointed out. “Why should it be different in yours?” “It should be better everywhere, but a man wants to see things better where he was raised.” “Not all men. Not even most men.” “I’m not most men.” “No. You’re not.” Lyras laughed. “Become a justicer. That way you can change some of those things.” “A cooper? As a justicer?” “Haven’t you ever heard of the Justicer’s Challenge? All the world knows about it. It’s a practice that’s only accepted here and in Nordla.” “I’ve heard of it,” Kharl admitted. “Didn’t seem like something for a cooper.” “It’s seldom used.” The older man laughed again. “That’s because no one dares. Failure means that the challenger suffers the fate of the accused—the punishment of each of the five accused comprising the challenge.” Lyras took another sip from his mug. “Forget about that now. What you really need is some exercises that will help you understand what power you may have and the limits of that power.” Kharl managed to refrain from saying that he’d already said that. “I have several suggestions,” Lyras went on. “Some order-mages are weather mages. There is a way to tell if you have that talent. Take a kettle and put it on a hot stove. Watch the steam. Try to move the cloud of steam around. It works better in a cold room—” “Steam… and weather?” “Oh… clouds are made up of water, like steam. Where do you think the rain comes from? Then, others are healers. Serious wounds create an angry reddish feel within them. If you can sense and remove that kind of chaos… that’s what a healer is.” “An exercise?” asked Kharl. “There aren’t any that I know of. Oh… if you can study small animals with your senses, and feel how order works in them, that might help. I’ve heard that there are earth mages, who can sense the flow of order and chaos in the ground beneath, and some of them are smiths. As a cooper… maybe you come by that naturally. In hot metal… right from the forge fire, the order bonds are weaker, and chaos is, well, more fluid—that’s how the black engineers on Reduce make all that black iron… another trick, really only a trick… is to use your senses to let light flow around you. Light flows like water in a way, you know. Unless you’re very good with order-sensing what’s around you, you’ll be blind, but sometimes it’s useful not to be seen… never could do that one myself, but I’ve seen it done…” Kharl continued to listen, feeling that, perhaps for the first time, he was getting an idea of what order-magery was all about—or rather the feeling, beyond words on the pages of The Basis of Order, that what the words had hinted at could actually be accomplished. “… Now there’s one last thing. About that staff. There was a reason why they wouldn’t take that back, one that they didn’t tell you. You need to look up a phrase in The Basis of Order. You have a copy, don’t you?” “Yes,” Kharl admitted grudgingly. “There’s a phrase in there about staffs, blackstaffs. It’s important… and that’s probably more than I should have said, and don’t ask me more.” “Why not?” Kharl asked bluntly. “Because it’s something you have to find, or it won’t mean anything. Tell it to someone directly… it never works. Already, I may have told you too much.” How could anyone be told too much? But then… he’d tried to tell his boys things, and they’d had to learn for themselves. “Thank you.” Kharl paused, trying to make sure he remembered everything that Lyras had said. “Why did the Emperor of Hamor send chaos-mages, and not order mages?” “I’m scarcely the emperor,” Lyras pointed out. “But I’d guess that’s because comparatively weak chaos-wizards can create much destruction, and there weren’t any strong order-mages here.” Kharl didn’t quite understand the connection, and it must have shown on his face. “Oh… you don’t see. But then, how would you know?” Lyras shook his head. “Because black mages serve order, they preserve and strengthen ties and forces. So… a strong order-mage couldn’t throw free chaos at a white wizard, but he could walk through all that chaos with his order shields and strike one blow with a staff or something— not a blade—and destroy the white wizard. But… the emperor didn’t think there were any order-mages in Austra.” “So the mages he sent to support Lord Ilteron—” “Ilteron is only a hill baron. His sire couldn’t strip him of his hill lands in the Shiltons, much as he would have liked to. Ilteron’s been building his own personal guards for years. Lord Estloch chose to ignore that, although I warned him.” “Why does everyone think Ilteron was behind the lord’s death?” Lyras snorted. “The timing, for one thing. Lord Ghrant reached his majority last year. If Estloch had been killed before that, there would have been a regency, and doubtless wiser heads, such as Hagen and Lady Renyra, would have been on the regency council. Lord Ghrant’s inexperienced, but he wants things his way. But he doesn’t like people arguing with him; he hates personal confrontation. He’s the sort that’s happy to order someone else to shed the blood, but doesn’t want to strike the blow himself…“ Kharl had his doubts about relaying that to Hagen. “And then there’s Malcor. He’s been bowing and scraping all over the Great House for the last two years. Lord Estloch dies, and Malcor vanishes without taking his leave and reappears back in the hills, making a visit to Ilteron. Also, Malcor is known to be excellent with a crossbow.” “Doesn’t anyone else know this?” “Several score, I’d imagine, but none with the nerve to say such out loud. There’s no gain in it. It won’t bring back Lord Estloch. It raises the question of why anyone who would state that didn’t tell someone before, and, should Ilteron succeed in overthrowing Ghrant, which is most likely, it subjects the speaker to the loss of lands and life. So… everyone is silent.” Kharl understood that. He just hadn’t thought that powerful lords and landholders would behave in the same fashion as crafters, although, upon reflection, he could see there wasn’t any reason why they wouldn’t. “You had thought lords might speak up?” asked Lyras. “I had considered it, but not for long.” “They speak out for the truth less than crafters, for they have more to lose, and little to gain from the truth. That’s why no one trusts them, and they trust each other even less.” “It’s a wonder that anyone speaks the truth,” Kharl said. “And when they do, examine their words closely.” Lyras stood. “It’s getting close to sunset, and you’d best be heading back. The parts of Val-murl north of the refit yards aren’t the best in full night, even with your sight.” How did Lyras know about his night sight? Or was that something that even minor mages had? Kharl stood and set the empty mug on a side table. “Thank you. Might I come back when I’ve had a chance to consider what you’ve said?” “I’d not be stopping you.” Lyras opened the cottage door for Kharl. “Until then.” Kharl nodded as he left the stoop. He walked quickly down the path to the road, then turned southward, trying to sort out everything he had heard over the afternoon. He certainly wanted to try out some of the exercises and tests Lyras had suggested, if only to see what he might be able to do. And he had promised Hagen to pass on what he had learned, little as it seemed. LXXV he next morning was sunny, but the air felt damper, and Kharl could see clouds just above the horizon to the northeast. Since he had promised to report to Hagen on what he had learned from Lyras, Kharl found the captain even before he went to the shed to work with Tarkyn. Hagen listened as Kharl reported on what Lyras had said. When Kharl had finished, Hagen tilted his head, not quite nodding, then tugged on his earlobe. “Lord Estloch had told me about the personal guards, but I don’t think he wanted to believe Ilteron had hired so many. As for Malcor, that I can believe. He comes from the old line.” Kharl didn’t know anything about the old line and decided not to ask. “And no one, not one lord or factor, said a word?” “Oh, doubtless they’re all telling each other now that they knew it all along and that they each had told Lord Estloch in confidence, but that for reasons of his own, Lord Estloch chose not to act. By sunset, every one of them will believe it.” Kharl thought he understood better why Hagen preferred the sea to the Great House in Valmurl. “You aren’t that surprised, now, are you?” asked Hagen. “No, ser. I’d have to say that I’d hoped for better, but I didn’t expect it.” Hagen smiled, sadly. “That’s a good precept. Hope and work for better, but don’t expect it. Are you going to see Lyras again?” “I’d thought to, ser, but not for a while. Wouldn’t do any good right now.” Kharl wasn’t sure that another visit would help, not until he’d had a chance to try out some of what the mage had suggested, at least. He also wondered about the mysterious references to the staff. “That’s probably for the best. When you do, let me know if you find out anything else.” “Yes, ser. I’ll be heading back to the shed now.” Hagen just nodded, his thoughts clearly turning elsewhere. Kharl was the first in the shed. He’d fired up the old stove and was setting up the lathe when Tarkyn arrived, closing the door behind him. “So… what’d you find out from Lyras?” asked Tarkyn. “Didn’t want to ask last night, not till you talked to the captain and not with other ears around.” “Ilteron has some white mages, and it’s likely that someone named Malcor killed Lord Estloch.” “Malcor… name’s familiar. Don’t know why.” “I’d never heard of him, but the captain had. Said he was out of the old line.” “Oh… him. His father was the out-of-consort son of Lord Estloch’s uncle. The uncle had but daughters, and couldn’t pass on the title. That’s how Estloch got it.” Kharl thought he understood, not that it made sense to him. A son was a son; a daughter was a daughter. Both were children. For a moment, the images of Arthal and Warrl flashed to mind, and he swallowed, wishing that he could have done more for them… somehow. But there wasn’t much else that he could do. Not at the moment. “Anything else? That you can say?” “There wasn’t much else. Lyras talked about why the Emperor of Hamor didn’t send his best white wizards to Austra.” “That’s trouble.” “And Ilteron has more personal guards than anyone knew. That was about it.” “Wager that’s more than most folks knew. Captain pleased?” “He seemed to know most of it, except for Malcor. He’s worried about something.” “‘Course he’s worried. He’s trying to advise a lord who’s barely more than a boy, and that lord’s going to be attacked by his brother who’s being supported by the Emperor of Hamor… I’d worry, too.” So would Kharl. Left unspoken was the understanding that Hagen was so closely linked to Estloch and Ghrant that if Ilteron triumphed, Hagen would lose his ships or even his life if he didn’t flee Austra. “You about ready with that lathe?” asked Tarkyn. Furwyl had added another project for the carpenters—a second weapons locker beside the ladder to the poop deck—and he’d said Hagen wanted it finished in the next few days. “Second weapons locker, along with everything else,” Kharl said, half to himself, as he made the final adjustments to the lathe settings. “That’s not good…” “These days, not much is,” countered Tarkyn. Kharl couldn’t say much to that. By the end of the day, when he left the carpenter shed, Kharl still had questions swirling through his head. The clouds had moved in from the northeast by midafternoon, and a fine cold rain filtered out of a dark gray sky. He’d really been too busy to think in any depth about what Lyras had said, but the questions hadn’t gone away. Although Kharl had not tried it, not having a forge that he could use while not being watched, he thought, just from his earlier efforts with iron, that he might be able to forge something like black iron. What he would use it for was another question. He clearly had no feel for what lay deep beneath the earth, although he could sense life and patterns within perhaps a cubit of the surface. Kharl moved quickly from the shed to the bunkhouse. He was headed for the mess and common room when he recalled the kettle test suggested by Lyras. With a half smile, he made his way to the door of the kitchen area and slipped inside. As he had hoped, there was a kettle on the huge and antique iron stove. Kharl stared at the kettle. While, with his senses, he could feel the swirl of order and chaos in the steam that poured from the spout, he could not seem to move it. He thought he could stop the steam, because when he concentrated on touching the bits of order and chaos, the steam cloud did not change shape, but he did not try that for long, since that was all he seemed able to do and since he didn’t want anyone noticing. As far as moving the steam, light as it might be, he could not. While he didn’t know how, even in a general way, he doubted that was the problem. “What you looking at, carpenter?” asked Yilyt, the ship’s cook. “Watching us cook isn’t gonna get you fed earlier.” “I wondered what you were fixing.” “Got some kalfin—good white fish—hard to come by. Be frying that up…“ Kharl nodded. To him most fish tasted the same. “Thank you.” He slipped out and went to the washhouse adjoining the bunkhouse. The only water was cold—ice-cold—and washing was a trial, but Kharl had always preferred being as clean as he could reasonably be. Since he knew supper was still not ready when he headed back through the rain that was changing to a colder and heavier downpour, he stopped for just a moment and picked a leaf from the scraggly plant outside the front door to the bunkhouse. He wasn’t sure whether it was a bush or a weed. Probably a weed from the broad leaf with the thornlike tips. Carrying it gently in his left hand, he stepped into the common room. Except for several riggers that he knew only by sight and name, the tables were mostly empty. Kharl sat down at one end of a bench. He set the leaf on the table and looked at it, both with eyes and order senses. Even though he had picked it, there was still some sense of life, although that was fading. Kharl could sense the way the order and chaos ebbed, almost like tiny threads, notched or “hooked” at the ends. Almost on a whim, he tried to link those “hooks.” The leaf looked subtly different. When Kharl touched it, it felt as hard as iron. He undid the twists in the order and chaos that he had somehow created, and both order and chaos disintegrated into minute fragments, a touch of white mist and one of black seeping unseen into the air. The leaf itself went limp. He could tell it was also dead, totally dead. Somehow, he could make things so hard that they were like armor, but doing so would kill anything living. He just sat there in thought for a time. Argan and Reisl slid onto the benches across the table from Kharl, setting platters down. At the clunk, Kharl looked up. “Better get some. Looks good,” said Reisl. “Oh… thank you.” As Kharl stood, he looked at the table for the leaf, but all that was left was a whitish powder. Almost dazed, he walked to the end of the mess line and waited for his platter, then picked up a mug of a very poor ale, and returned to the table across from Reisl and Argan, sitting down, and taking a swallow of the ale. He was thirsty. “What were you doing?” asked Argan. “We came by and you were looking at some funny leaf. Didn’t even hear us.” “Coulda fired a cannon at you. Don’t think you’d have moved,” added Reisl. “Guess I was tired, or hungry,” Kharl replied. “We’ve been working on a second weapons locker. Got the frame tied to the poop frames, and we’ll have most of it done tomorrow. If the rain ever lets up. Got waterproofs over it now, but we’ll still need sunlight to do it right.“ “Another weapons locker?” Reisl looked at Argan. “Can’t say I like that. Captain hear something about more pirates?” “Maybe it has to do with the lord out west, the one that’s rebelled against Lord Ghrant,” suggested Argan. “Say the Hamorians might back him,” mumbled Reisl, looking at Kharl. “What do you know about that?” “Some folks say he’s got a white wizard and more personal guards than most hill lords,” Kharl admitted. “He’s the brother of Lord Ghrant.” “Brother against brother, and lords, too. That’d be nasty. Be glad when we’re outa dry dock,” Reisl said. Kharl just nodded. The kalfin was actually fairly good, firm under a crispy crust, and the potatoes were less lumpy than usual. “Think we’ll get back afloat by next eightday…” “… Hemmen or Brysta next port… captain hasn’t said…” Kharl didn’t say too much during supper, but tried to be pleasant and not withdraw into himself. When Reisl finished, he looked up at Kharl. “Too wet to go to the inn. You want to join the game?” Kharl smiled. “Thanks, but I had a long day.” “Just asking.” “Better that I don’t.” And it was, for more than a few reasons, since Kharl suspected he would have been tempted to try to use his order-senses on the dice. Instead, after returning his empty platter, he walked outside into the cold rain and stood under the eaves of the bunkhouse next to the wall. He studied the small puddle at his feet, just looking at it for a moment, then taking it in with his senses, trying first to see what the patterns of order and chaos might be, and then following them. He touched the water, ever so lightly, with what he thought of as his order-sense. It seemed to grow still, the way the steam had. Then, he could sense almost what were little hooks on each of the fragments. Somehow, he looked, and thought, and twisted the hooks so that they all locked together. He almost staggered, because he could feel that he’d exerted some great effort. He looked down at the small puddle, and watched as water droplets falling from the edge of the eaves splattered on the smooth unmoving surface of the water. Had he turned the puddle to clear ice? Slowly, he bent down and extended his fingers. The changed water was more like cool glass, perhaps slightly warmer than the water had been, but definitely not frozen. He straightened and then stamped his left boot heel on the glassy puddle. The puddle was as hard as stone or steel. Kharl took out his belt knife and bent down, drawing the tip across the hard water. Even with the unchanged water falling from the eaves and coating the order-hard water, he could see that the knife made no impression, not even the faintest scratch. After a moment, he replaced the knife and looked at the hard water. Finally, he concentrated and untwisted the hooks of order and chaos. The water shimmered and a faint steamy fog rose from the puddle as the colder water from the eaves struck what had been order-hardened water. Kharl was suddenly exhausted, as though he had worked at a forge or a lathe all day, then run five or even ten kays. He’d wanted to try some of the other things Lyras had suggested, but he was tired, far too tired. Without looking back, he slowly trudged back inside the bunkhouse, past Reisl and the deckhands gaming. He nodded to Reisl, and got a smile in return. As he continued down the hallway, past the rooms for the mates toward the bunkroom, he could hear the voices behind him. “… something about him… scary…” “… good man,” Reisl answered. “You’d keep to yourself, too, if you’d lost everything he did… consort, children, cooperage…” “… ‘sides,” said another voice, “he’s the one found the friggin’ ship-worms… could be we’d all be in the deep locker…” The voices faded out as Kharl slowly undressed and climbed into the bunk. The blackness of sleep was more than welcome. LXXVI On oneday morning, Kharl and Tarkyn were attaching the last set of hinges on the door to the second weapons locker. The sky overhead was almost clear, with a faint haze to the west, but a chill and light wind blew out of the north with a dampness that cut through Kharl’s winter jacket. Tarkyn stepped back and nodded. “An eightday or so, and no one’d know that it hadn’t been there from the time the ship went down the ways.“ “Better that way.” Kharl checked the racks inside and closed the door. The hasp fit over the lock staple perfectly. He slipped the fitted dowel in place to keep the door shut. Once they were back afloat, Ghart would replace the dowel with an actual lock, but at the moment, no lock was needed, since there were no weapons inside the locker. “Captain ever say why he wanted another locker?” Kharl had asked before, but Tarkyn had always deflected the question. “Don’t give up, do you?” “You think I ought to?” countered Kharl. “Would you?” Tarkyn chuckled, then glanced around the deck, empty except for the two carpenters at that moment. “Didn’t say. Not exactly. Said something about ports not being as safe as they used to be, even Austran ports.” “He thinks someone might try to take over the ship?” “With what he said, the thought had crossed my mind.” Tarkyn frowned. “Then, could be he didn’t want to give the real reason. Could be he didn’t have one, except a feeling.” “Could be,” Kharl agreed. “You going back to see Lyras any time soon?” “I hadn’t planned on it.” Kharl offered a laugh. “I haven’t figured out half of what he told me last time.” Nor had he had a chance to try several of the ideas Lyras had suggested. He hadn’t found the passage in The Basis of Order about staffs, and he hadn’t been successful, so far, in trying to become invisible. But that could have been because he was still tired. Or maybe he was missing something. “Mages are like that.” Tarkyn paused. “You’re getting like that.” “Must be getting older, like you,” Kharl countered. “Reisl said he saw you looking at a leaf in the mess the other day. Just looked at it, and it got real stiff. Then, after a bit, just fell apart into white powder. Scared him stiff. He likes you, but still scared him.” Tarkyn waited. Kharl almost swallowed. He hadn’t realized that Reisl had been watching that closely. After a long moment, he finally said, “I didn’t mean to scare anyone. It was something Lyras suggested. Told me to study little things. I did it wrong. The leaf was almost dead anyway, but… I didn’t help it. It’s hard work. I had to go to bed early that night. I was that tired.” “For doing that to a leaf?” “Well… I was outside studying the rain/‘ Kharl added. ”That was hard, too. No one ever told me that even learning little things about magery took so much strength.“ He was pleased that he’d managed to tell almost all the truth without revealing too much, and not much more than Tarkyn already knew. The older carpenter nodded. “Heard that from others. Said that one of the mages that destroyed Fairven—or might have—had been a big brawny smith… came back a skinny old man. Others never came back at all.” “I could see that. Just the little things, just studying things, and I felt so tired, like I’d worked a forge all day. I guess that’s why I keep telling people I can do a few things, but that I’m not a mage and might not ever be one.” Tarkyn laughed. “I’d believe that, except for one thing.” Kharl raised his eyebrows in question. “You’re the kind that never gives up… leastwise about that sort.” Kharl wondered. Hadn’t he given up in a way about Charee, and about Warrl? “Trouble coming,” said Tarkyn, looking over Kharl’s shoulder. Kharl turned and watched as Furwyl crossed the gangway between the ship and the edge of the dry dock and made his way across the main deck. “You about finished?” asked the first mate. “Just did,” Tarkyn said. “Good. Put all your tools back in the carpenter shop below, and the ones you carried over to that shed. Then get your personal gear back aboard. We’re refloating the ship. Captain wants us out of here and ready to sail morning after tomorrow. We’re moving to the Lord’s Pier soon as we get clear.” “Mind telling us why, ser?” asked Tarkyn. “Captain didn’t say much, except that we needed to be ready to shove off.” Kharl wondered how much of Hagen’s urgency had been created by the reports of conflict between Lord Ghrant and his elder brother. LXXVII Dy threeday evening, after two frantic and hectic days, the Seastag was back in Valmurl harbor proper, tied to the innermost pier for oceangoing vessels, the so-called Lord’s Pier. The last of the wagons that had been lined up on the pier had been unloaded in late afternoon, and the cargo stowed below. Now, the pier was empty, except for an occasional sailor. But a handful of vessels remained in the harbor, and no others at the Lord’s Pier. Because the day had been warmer, and because the light was brighter, Kharl had come topside to read and found a quiet place forward of the paddle wheels. Hunched in his winter jacket, wearing a glove on the hand that held the book, but not on the one that turned the pages, in the dusk he looked down at the open page of The Basis of Order. He had read the words before, but he read them again. Order cannot be concentrated in and of itself, not even within the staff of order, and no man can truly master the staff of order until he casts it aside. How could anyone master something that he cast aside? And why should anyone cast aside something as useful as a staff? The next words had not been much more help. For order cannot be divided in two without its power being diminished by four, and if it be divided into four parts, then its power is less by another fourth, so that the total of all portions is but one sixteenth of what it would have been undivided. Likewise, so it is with a staff imbued with order for whoever wields it… Kharl closed the book. He would have to think even more about what those words meant. He almost wished he’d gone to see Lyras again, but he’d had so little time when he hadn’t been busy or so tired from work and from what efforts he had made to try to do more with his order-abilities. “You’re not tired now,” he murmured to himself. Not so tired as he had been, anyway. He tried to recall what the mage had said about making himself invisible to others, something about letting light flow around him, that light flowed like water. But from where did it flow? Kharl glanced at the western sky above the roofs and towers of Valmurl. Some light flowed from the sun. Did it flow from lanterns or fires or torches? He had not found anything in the book about invisibility, or how to do it. He’d found very few references to light, and most of those referred to the chaotic nature of light, how it was not ordered. He paused. He’d tried to let light flow around him before—a number of times—and nothing had happened. Lyras had said that becoming invisible was a trick, but one he’d never mastered. And he thought Kharl could? The carpenter laughed to himself. Still… what was the harm in trying? Could he try to order the light, use his senses to smooth it around him? As if he were really not standing there on the deck? He just leaned back against the chill wood of the paddle wheel frame and closed his eyes, trying to feel or sense the light. Nothing—he sensed nothing. Except… something like a whispering white breeze. Was that light? He tried to ease it around him, as if he were not there. Nothing seemed to change, and he opened his eyes— only to find that he couldn’t see. He was surrounded by blackness. He swallowed and pushed at the light, and his sight returned. For a time, he just sat there in the chilly dusk, breathing heavily and holding on to The Basis of Order. What had he done? Did being invisible mean that he wouldn’t be able to see? He tried to recall what Lyras had said. Something about needing his order-senses? Then Kharl remembered. “You’ll be blind.” He shivered. He considered. He’d been blind, and now he wasn’t. So… what was it? If the light flowed around him, and he needed light, even a little bit, to see… He shook his head. It was so obvious. He really hadn’t been blind. He just hadn’t been able to see because he’d had no light to see. But did that mean that others couldn’t see him? Slowly, he stood. Did he want to try again? If he didn’t, how would he learn? But he also recalled that moment when he couldn’t see. He took a slow deep breath and tried once more. The second time the blackness was just that—blackness, no light. He tried to place where he was with his order-senses, and began to feel what was around him. Then, carefully, he eased his way aft, toward the quarterdeck where Rhylla had the deck duty. He could sense her as he neared the railing, but he tried to make no sound. She turned, then leaned forward as if peering in his direction. Then she turned toward the gangway and pier. Kharl slipped back forward and around the paddle wheel frame before he released his smoothing of the light. He sighed—deeply. Again, he was tired. Not so drained as when he had hardened the water, but tired. He paused. Could he harden something like the air he breathed? Into an invisible shield before him? Kharl stood on the deck, letting his senses try to feel the air before him. For a moment, he just stood there, almost entranced, as he could see the tiniest fragments of order and chaos hanging in the air. Slowly, he concentrated on a square section of air a cubit before his eyes, twisting the hooks of order and chaos together. Then he reached out with his hand, gingerly. The air was hard… hard as if it were an invisible metal plate. He tried to push it, but it did not move or give way. He yawned, and his eyes blurred. He could feel his knees turn to water, and he sat down on the deck, harder than he wanted to. Then, blackness washed over him. “Kharl? You all right, fellow?” The words slowly penetrated, and Kharl looked up at the shadowy figure of Rhylla. “Tired… was reading. Guess I just fell asleep.” He pulled himself to his feet. “You look tired. Tarkyn must be working you hard.” ^ “Sometimes. Times, I just work myself too hard.” The third laughed. “From anyone else but you I’d call that a load of sowshit.” “Could be from me,” Kharl admitted. “But I am tired.” “Best not to sleep on the deck—not in port. Never know who might slip aboard.” “You’re right. Thank you.” Rhylla turned away. Kharl reached up, trying to see what had happened to the air shield. It was gone. Did that mean that it took his own concentration to maintain it… or that it would melt away in time? He wasn’t sure he wanted to spend the effort to find out. Certainly not at the moment. He slowly headed for his bunk in the forecastle. If he were going to use the air as a shield, he needed to become better at it, or the effort would likely kill him faster than whatever he was trying to protect against. More practice might help… he hoped. He yawned again as he stepped through the hatchway. He was tired. LXXVIII Fourday had come, and gone, as had most of fiveday, and still the Seastag remained tied at the Lord’s Pier. Kharl and Tarkyn had spent the majority of fiveday cleaning out and reorganizing the carpenter’s shop, in an effort to undo the effects of the thrown-together stacks and lengths of wood and the hurriedly stowed tools required by the hasty reloading that had accompanied the rush of leaving the dry dock. Kharl slipped the black staff into the longer overhead bin, still thinking about the passage in The Basis of Order. Why was it important to cast aside such a useful tool as the staff? He did not doubt the book, but he did question his own understanding of the words. “That should do it.” “Leastwise, gave us time to do it right ‘fore we set to sea,” grumbled Tarkyn. “When we set to sea. If we set to sea.” “You think we’re waiting for cargo?” “At the Lord’s Pier? More likely waiting for…” Tarkyn broke off and turned in the stool. Kawelt stood in the hatchway of the carpenter shop. “Kharl… got a visitor here.” “Visitor?” Kharl couldn’t honestly think of anyone. Arthal? But his son wouldn’t have even known that his father served on a ship, let alone which one, and Kharl doubted that Arthal would have cared, not given the way he’d left the cooperage. “Second from the Southshield …” Herana? “You’re not thinking of changing ships?” asked Tarkyn. “No. I don’t know why she’d…” At the word “she” Tarkyn laughed. Even Kawelt looked amused. “Go on… We’re done for the day.” Kharl slipped on his winter jacket and gloves and headed topside, where he made his way to the quarterdeck. Herana and Ghart stood by the railing, talking. “… good man… carpenter and a fighter… a deck-stander… guess that’s all right…” “… doesn’t talk much about himself…” Both turned as Kharl neared. “Carpenter,” said Herana, “we’re in port till tomorrow. Thought you might like to join me for an ale. Ghart says you’re not on the watch schedule until tomorrow morning.” Kharl looked to Ghart. “Still don’t have that cargo,” Ghart said. “Go have an ale. Just take a look at the pier now and then.” “Yes, ser.” Kharl nodded. “See you later, Ghart,” Herana said to the Seastag’s second mate. Kharl followed Herana down the gangway, then drew abreast of her on the pier. He inclined his head to her. He wasn’t quite sure what to call her, since he was neither passenger nor a crewman under her. “I was glad to see you came back,” she said. “Somehow, I didn’t see you as the type that would have liked Vizyn.” “You were right, but I had to see.” “You don’t like being a ship’s carpenter?” “I like it. I’m not certain it’s what I should be doing.” “If you like it, and you’re good… ?” Kharl laughed. “Once I was a cooper, and I was good at it, and I liked it. But, for all that, things didn’t turn out so well.” Herana turned toward the open doors of the Crimson Pitcher. Kharl followed her inside. The tavern was half-empty, and they found a table in the far corner of the main public room. As Kharl seated himself across from her, he couldn’t help but overhear words from a table nearby. “… said the regulars being marched south… going to let Ilteron have Valmurl…” “… Lord Ghrant never was a fighter…” A server appeared. “Dark ale,” Herana said. “Lager. Pale ale if you don’t have it,” Kharl added. “Three for each.” Kharl showed his coins, as did Her ana. “Be back in a moment.” “Ghart said you’d had to leave Brysta. Was that what you meant by things not turning out?” Herana’s voice showed interest, but was not insistent as she looked at Kharl. “Something like that.” Kharl paused, then waited as the server set down two mugs before handing over his coins. Once the woman left, he said, “Board outside said two.” “Everything’s getting dearer. All the taverns are asking more.” “Because of the fighting between Ghrant and Ilteron? What’s Captain Harluk going to do with the Southshield … if Ghrant and Ilteron start a battle here in Valmurl?” “Steam off to where they’re not fighting,” suggested Herana. “Wait until everything clears, then go back to carrying people and cargo where they want to go. What else can he do?” “Not much,” Kharl replied. He took a swallow of the pale ale. He would have preferred lager, but he wasn’t about to complain about what he couldn’t get. After another silence, Herana asked, “You think things will work out better for you here?” “I don’t know. Once I thought that anywhere would be better. Now… seems like people are mostly the same everywhere. There’s always someone…” Kharl shrugged and shook his head. “You see that on ships, too. Thought I’d get away from that by going to sea,” she said. “Don’t have as many folk, but they’re the same.” “Why did you go to sea?” Kharl asked. “Not that many women do.” “What was I going to do? Can’t have children—consort near-on killed me when he found out.” Kharl winced. “I’m sorry.” “Don’t be. Was a long time ago. Made it easier. My brother knew Harluk. He carries a lot of passengers, especially in the summer. Helps to have some women in the crew. Turned out I was good at it.” She looked at Kharl. “You have a consort?” “Not now. She was hung by Lord West for murder. She didn’t do it…” Kharl gave as brief a description as he could of what had happened. “… and that was how I got to be a carpenter on the Seastag.” “Daresay you left out a lot.” Kharl nodded. “Your sons… not real grateful, were they?” “Don’t think young people ever are. They know better. I did, too, back when I was their age.” “Is that what happened with your consort?” Kharl didn’t understand the question. Herana laughed… softly. “My problem. Everyone got consorted. So did I. Then I discovered he didn’t love me, just wanted children… sons.” “You couldn’t have any.” Kharl shook his head. “No… maybe I didn’t want the children enough. Was always trying to do more, bring in more coins, so that we’d have enough…” “Were you in love with her?” asked Herana. “Your consort?” The question was a shock. Kharl bit off a retort. Why was she asking? He looked at her, but he didn’t sense anything from Herana except concern, and certainly there was no trace of chaos around her. Finally, he said, “At times… I still miss her…” “That’s not the same.” It wasn’t. Kharl knew that. He also wondered if that was why he tried not to think about Charee much. “When we were younger… she was good-looking, not quite a beauty, but she turned heads. I thought I was in love…” “Now you aren’t sure?” “There’s more than a few things I’m not sure about these days,” Kharl admitted. He forced a grin. “Like why you’re so interested in a carpenter second.” “Because you’re honest, and when you’re not, you’re trying to be… Not that many men who are. Because I’m either the one giving orders or taking them. Because it’s good to talk with someone not on the Southshield. Because… whatever happens… you’re not the kind to be nasty…” She looked directly at him. “Enough said?” Kharl couldn’t help but smile. “Enough said.” He doubted that Herana would ever be more than a friend, but he had none, and certainly none who had sought him out. “Ghart says you’re more than a carpenter…” “Not yet. I’m not as good a ship’s carpenter as I should be.” A roll of laughter from two tables away was so loud that neither could speak for a moment. “… and if you think I’d believe that, Lord Ghrant is as well-endowed as a prize bull…” “… and your mother has whiskers tougher than iron nails…” Kharl could sense the chaos rising around the table. He touched Herana’s arm “… need to get out of here… along the wall there…” The two were almost to the doorway when the table went over and men piled into each other. They kept moving until they were out in the cool twilight air. Kharl took a deep breath. “You knew that was coming,” Herana said. “I heard the words.” “You knew.” “I had a feeling,” Kharl admitted. “Took me a while to learn that it’s best not to ignore those feelings.” He nodded toward the harbor. “I probably ought to get back.” She nodded. They turned toward the harbor. LXXIX Jxharl had been back aboard the Seastag for almost two glasses, a good glass after sunset, and according to Rhylla, no wagons had shown up with cargo. Nor had Hagen set a day or time for leaving, except that he expected that they could sail anytime in the next few days. Because he’d been so restless that he knew he couldn’t read or sleep—especially as early in the evening as it was, he’d made his way back topside and settled out of sight against the railing near the bowsprit, warm enough in his winter jacket and gloves. He was trying to sort out too many matters—from what he felt about what had happened over the past year to where he wanted to go and what he wanted to do. He really had no answers, not ones that made much sense, and what he read in The Basis of Order confused him as often as it explained things. The ale he’d had with Herana had made several things clear. First, he definitely missed feminine companionship. Second, he liked Herana’s company, but that was all. And third, he’d lacked a closeness with Charee for a long time, something he’d missed without knowing it. Or perhaps, he just had come to accept matters as they had come to be. At the sound of hoofs on the pier, unusual after sunset, Kharl turned and looked down and aft. A rider had reined up and dismounted. He started up the gangway, and his voice carried. “Captain Hagen! Captain Hagen!” Although the single lantern from the quarterdeck cast but faint illumination, Kharl thought the man wore a uniform, but not the black and yellow of Ghrant’s personal guards. Kharl turned and moved aft, slipping around the paddle wheel frame in the darkness. He decided to try to cloak himself by using order, and concentrated on having the light flow around him. The dimness that surrounded him turned into absolute blackness, and for a moment he stopped, disoriented. He made an effort to sense his surroundings and, more slowly, continued toward the quarterdeck. The evening deck watchstander was Ghart, and he was talking to the newcomer. “I’ve called the captain, ser, and he should be here in a moment.” Sensing Hagen coming from aft, Kharl stepped back, as quietly as he could. While no one could see him, people could still hear him, and Hagen could certainly walk into him, and that would not be what Kharl wanted. “Captain,” offered the slender man. “Majer… my cabin?” asked Hagen. “I… think not. Perhaps aft and above.” “As you wish.” Hagen turned and crossed the deck. The majer followed, and then, quietly, so did Kharl, several paces back, cautiously, climbing the ladder up to the poop well after Hagen and the majer. Kharl stopped less than five cubits from Hagen and the other man, possibly the son of a lord, as well as an officer, Kharl judged, certainly someone of high stature from his few words and carriage. “… would do almost aught to support Lord Ghrant,” Hagen offered. “For now, what is of most concern to him is that you take his consort and sons to Dykaru. Tonight, if at all possible.” “That is a goodly distance,” said Hagen. “He does not want them threatened by Ilteron. Where else in Austra could they be more distant?” “Or safer,” suggested Hagen, “seeing as it serves the center of the ancestral lands of Lord Ghrant.” “If you agree, they will be arriving shortly.” “Under the cover of darkness. Are matters that precarious here in Valmurl? Or does he fear that they soon will be?” “Lord Ghrant does not want a pitched battle over Valmurl. If he wins, it will be a meaningless victory, because it will destroy the city. That is why he is moving south, and why he is making it known to Ilteron that he is.” “And what if Ilteron takes Valmurl and does not follow Ghrant?” asked Hagen. The other man laughed, harshly. “If Ilteron cannot dispose of Ghrant quickly, he will lose. He is known to be cruel and unforgiving. He has stated that he is strong and Ghrant is weak. If he cannot best Ghrant soon, that gives the lie to his words. And… he has already killed Lord Bowar in a fit of anger. The longer the fight goes on, the more it favors Ghrant, and even the highland lords know that. Ilteron will have to fight Ghrant in the south. The southern lords will never support Ilteron, and it was for that reason, as well you know, Lord Hagen, that Lord Estloch disinherited…” Kharl nodded to himself. It did not totally surprise him that Hagen was called “lord.” “I did not wish to see Austra torn in two, and yet what I did not wish has still come to pass,” Hagen said in a voice so low that Kharl had to strain to hear the words. “If Ilteron does not press the fight to Lord Ghrant,” the majer went on, “eightday by eightday, the lords of the east, then the north, will slowly come back to Ghrant, for he will not rule them with an iron fist and curtail their powers. Ilteron will, and many follow him but through fear.” “The Seastag is ready to set to sea,” Hagen said. “We will do what your master wishes, and I hope that your words are what comes to pass.” In his concealment, so did Kharl. “What will be will be, and the right will triumph,” answered the majer. “Of that, I am certain,” returned Hagen, and Kharl heard the irony in his voice. “Let us hope that it is the proper right. For do not all men and lords believe that what they wish is right?” There was silence from the majer, and Kharl could sense a swirl almost of chaos—anger, he thought. “Come, majer,” Hagen went on. “Relying primarily on one’s cause as being right is an invitation to difficulty and defeat.” “I have noted, Lord Hagen,” came the stiff reply, “that those who are convinced of the Tightness of their cause are more likely to persevere and triumph.” “They’re also more likely to show scorn and contempt for their opponents and to sow the seeds of future conflict. I have no love of this conflict, majer. No good will come of it, only less evil. I support Lord Ghrant, as I have told him to his face, not because he is a great lord, but because he has the chance to become one, while his brother can only become worse.” The cool matter-of-fact words spoken by Hagen chilled Kharl, but the majer remained agitated. “Ser…” “Enough.” Hagen’s single word, delivered in a tone of cold command, silenced the majer. After a moment, he went on. “We do not live in a world where all is good, majer. We must do the best we can with what we are given. We have the better cause, but it is far from perfect, and to think otherwise is vain arrogance. I await the Lady Hyrietta and her sons.” “Ser. They will be here shortly.” The majer’s words were clipped, but Kharl had the feeling that the man was still seething. Still holding his shield around himself, Kharl quickly made his way back down to the main deck before the majer, hurrying forward past the paddle wheel on the starboard side. Then he released the shield. Even the dimness of night was welcome after the blackness he had endured. Kharl had always felt that Hagen was more than a mere captain or factor, but from the majer’s reactions it was clear that Hagen held far more power in Austra than Kharl—or most of the crew—had realized. It was also obvious how Hagen regarded Lord Ghrant. Kharl had barely considered those facts before the sound of hoof-beats on the pier signaled the departure of the majer. In the comparative silence that followed, Kharl pondered whether he should head to his bunk in the forecastle—or if he could even sleep immediately—when he heard footsteps. “Thought you might be here,” said Furwyl. “Cold as it is, most nights you’re up here.” “It’s not that cold, ser,” replied Kharl. “I’m from Dykaru, and it’s a fair sight colder here in winter than there. Anyway, captain wants to see you. He’s up on the poop, forward of the wheel.“ “Yes, ser.” As he turned and headed aft across the foredeck, Kharl wondered if the captain had sensed his presence, or if Hagen had a task for him because of the majer. He made his way across the main deck not at all quietly, then up the ladder. Hagen was standing at the rail, looking westward toward Valmurl. “Ser… you asked for me?” The captain did not move for a moment, then turned. “I did. I’d like to ask you to undertake a different duty for the next few days. You’d share it with Ghart and Esamat.” Kharl waited. He only knew Esamat by sight and name, a wiry top rigger, but the combination of the three was definitely strange. “We’re going to have a passenger, a lady and her two sons, and we’ll be carrying them south to Dykaru. She’ll have my cabin for the trip, and I’ll be needing a guard in the passageway at all times. You’re good with that staff or a cudgel, and I can trust you. You’re also older, and that helps.” “Yes, ser.” Kharl wasn’t about to say no, not when Hagen had done so much for him. “If I might ask… is this Lord Ghrant’s consort?” Hagen looked hard at Kharl. “Ser… I don’t know much, but I heard that Dykaru was where Lord Ghrant’s from, and if you’re giving up your cabin, and want a guard all the time…” Kharl frowned. “But… maybe I’m speaking out of turn, but wouldn’t she have her own guards? Maybe I’m presuming too much…” “You’re not presuming. I keep forgetting that you’ve seen more than most. It is the Lady Hyrietta, and she will have a detachment of guards. I don’t have the greatest trust in those guards, and they will be stationed outside the passageway, but I want you or one of the others in that passageway at all times, even when she or the boys are on deck. No one is to enter the cabin, except her, the boys, their nurse, and me. No one.” “You’re thinking treachery, ser?” “Ilteron is famous for that, and I want to make sure nothing happens on board the Seastag.” Hagen paused. “You and Ghart and Esamat are to be here when she comes aboard. I also want her to know that only the three of you—and Furwyl and Rhylla—are to be in that passageway, but none of the crew and officers except me are to enter the cabin.” “Yes, ser.” “Stand by somewhere on the decks. When you hear a carriage or mounts, join the others outside the hatchway on the main deck.” “Yes, ser.” Kharl nodded. “Ghart will have a cudgel for you—unless you’d prefer the staff.” “Cudgel’d be better in the passageway, ser.” “I thought as much.” Kharl climbed down the ladder. The engineers had to be firing up the boilers, because he could smell coal as he moved forward, almost all the way to the bowsprit, where he stood at the railing and looked out at the city to the west, with its mostly shadowed shapes and intermittent torches and lamps. How many people out there knew that their futures hung on what happened between two brothers? And how many truly knew the alternative represented by each? Kharl knew that he didn’t. He’d heard bits and pieces, yet he suspected he’d heard more than most people. Was it always that way? Not more than half a glass had passed before Kharl heard hoofs on the pier and the wheels of a carriage. He hurried aft to the hatchway leading to the captain’s quarters. Ghart and Esamat were already there. Esamat looked at Kharl and smiled. “Even ‘fore the captain said it, figured you might be one.” Kharl shrugged. “Surprised me.” Both Ghart and Esamat laughed. Kharl could hear Hagen’s voice coming from the quarterdeck, and another’s voice. Neither sounded pleased, but Kharl said nothing and neither did the two standing beside him. More time passed, and then a group of people moved across the dimness of the main deck, led by Hagen, who carried a lantern. Behind Hagen was an undercaptain in the yellow and black of Lord Ghrant’s personal guards, followed by a young woman who had to be Lady Hyrietta. The Lady Hyrietta wore a dark blue cloak and a brimmed hat. Neither could hide that she was slender, if full-figured. Her dark hair had been braided and mostly tucked under the hat. Slightly behind her came her sons. The two boys were young. The older one held his mother’s hand. The younger was being carried by another woman, gray-haired, but not that much older than Kharl. Hagen stopped short of the three sailors, inclining his head to the lady. “Lady Hyrietta, as I explained,” Hagen said, “these three men will be your inside guards. The tall one at the end is Kharl. He’s one of the ship’s carpenters. He also cleared almost the entire deck of a pirate vessel attacking us. The light-haired one is Esamat. He used to be an assassin in Hamor. While that was several years ago, he’s still quite good. Ghart is the second mate, and he served a tour as an undercaptain with Lord Est-loch. He’s also the one who killed Varrot.“ The faintest hint of a wry smile crossed Hyrietta’s heart-shaped face. “You take your duties most seriously, Lo—… Captain.” “I know where my duty lies, lady. Now… let us proceed.” Hagen looked at Ghart. “You’ll have the first watch, Esamat the second, Kharl the third.” “Yes, ser.” “You three wait here.” Hagen turned to the undercaptain. “If you and your men would also wait here while we settle Lady Hyrietta and the heirs?” The undercaptain nodded, politely, but with scarcely more than minimal approval. Kharl surveyed the armsmen who stood behind the undercaptain. There were twelve, and they ranged in age from one barely a few years older than Arthal to one close to Kharl’s age. The undercaptain was bearded and graying, an older officer who had made his way through the ranks, Kharl surmised. Hagen returned shortly and immediately addressed the undercaptain. “You understand the arrangements. Your men will guard the hatchway here, on the outside. The only people to enter the passageway are me, the officers, and these three men.” “Yes, ser.” Kharl could tell that the undercaptain was not totally pleased with the arrangement. Hagen offered a smile. “No man does two jobs well. Your men only worry about one area, and mine only worry about one.” The undercaptain nodded. Hagen looked to Kharl and Esamat. “You two best get some sleep. You’ll be roused in your turn with the rest of the duty.” “Yes, ser.” Neither Kharl nor Esamat spoke until they were back on the main deck and well back from the two personal guards in yellow and black. “The captain worries,” offered Kharl. “Wouldn’t you? With the lord’s lady and his heirs in your hands?” “That I would.” Kharl paused. “Do you know if Lord Ilteron has any ships?” “None of his own,” Esamat replied. “Leastwise, not that I’ve heard. He’s in tight with the Hamorians, though.” “We’d better hope that they’ve no warships near.” “Not likely, and the captain’s a better seaman than any of them. With the engine and favorable winds, no ironbound ship could catch us.“ “Then we’d best hope for favorable winds.” Kharl hoped a great deal more than that was favorable. LXXX Slightly before four glasses after midnight, Kharl pulled on his clothes and readied himself to relieve Esamat. In the darkness, he took up his cudgel and made his way across the deck to where two armsmen in yellow and black guarded the hatchway to the captain’s cabin. Hagen was waiting, as was the undercaptain. “This is Kharl. He’s one of our three guards.” Hagen held up the small lantern he was carrying so that the light fell on Kharl’s face. The undercaptain nodded, and one of the guards stood back so that Kharl could open the hatch and step inside. The passageway was a good twenty cubits long, but less than three wide and barely four high, so that Kharl had to duck his head to avoid hitting it on the overhead. There were doors on both sides for the mates’ cabins, and then smooth bulkheads for the last ten cubits leading to the captain’s cabin. Esamat rose from a stool set aft of the last doors. As the other man did, Kharl noticed that two changes had been made to the passageway. A bracket had been added to hold a small lantern, and a small watch bell had also been added where Esamat had been standing his watch. “The bell is only if we get attacked or threatened,” Esamat said. “Captain refilled the lantern maybe half a glass ago.” The rigger stretched. “It’s been quiet. Hope it is for you.” “So do I.” After Esamat left, Kharl took his position in the passageway outside the captain’s cabin. For almost the first three glasses, except for Hagen’s retiring to the first’s cabin, the only sounds in the passageway were those of Kharl’s breathing and his own movements. Then, about a glass before Kharl was due to be relieved by Ghart, Hagen reappeared from the cabin that he was sharing with Furwyl. “Quiet, Kharl?” “Very quiet so far, ser.” “Let’s hope it stays that way, but don’t wager anything on it.” “No, ser.” “And don’t hesitate to ring the watch bell there if anything looks wrong. Anything at all, you understand.” “Yes, ser.” With a nod, the captain left the passageway. Kharl heard him say, “Good morning,” to the armsmen outside on the deck before he closed the hatch. In the next half glass, Furwyl appeared, as did Rhylla, then Bemyr, and they all went topside. Ghart was obviously still sleeping. Then Kharl heard a high childish voice from behind him, loud enough to penetrate the closed cabin door. “Mommy… want to go home… don’t want to be here…” “… be going to the summer place…” “… don’t want summer… want home…” “… we’ll go home later. Your father will be coming to meet us…” “… want home…” About that point, had the boy been his, Kharl would have gotten somewhat more forceful. Lady Hyrietta merely murmured something else that Kharl could not hear. “… no… home…” “No! That’s enough, Kyran!” Kharl smiled. The Lady Hyrietta wasn’t all that much more patient than he was. The voices subsided to murmurs, and Kharl studied the passageway, hoping that nothing did happen on the voyage southward, and especially not on his watches. LXXXI On the second day of the voyage, and less than a glass after sunset, Kharl was standing his second passageway watch of the voyage south to Dykaru. The seas were almost calm, and Hagen was on deck. In fact, all the mates were somewhere topside. The Lady Hyrietta and her sons were in the cabin. The nurse had left the cabin a short while before, and from the silence, Kharl gathered that she and Lady Hyrietta had put the boys to bed and that the lady was reading or resting herself, while the nurse was on deck for a breath of night air. After three glasses in the passageway, Kharl was due to be relieved in about a glass, and he was ready for that. Standing duty in the narrow passageway left him feeling restless and confined. Inadvertently, his thoughts skittered back to his imprisonment in the Hall of Justice in Brysta. Hall of injustice, he thought, wondering if better justicers would have helped, or if they would have been run out or dismissed by Egen or Lord West. His lips curled into an ironic smile. People didn’t really want justice, not unless they were desperate. Even he hadn’t wanted justice so much as freedom. His thoughts were interrupted by a dull thump outside, from the main deck. Kharl stiffened, easing off the stool and grabbing the cudgel, then turning as the hatch opened. He could sense someone outside—lifting something—a crossbow. That left Kharl as a target more vulnerable than a grounded goose, outlined by the lamp on the bulkhead. He did the only thing he could think that would help, using his Talent to bind the very air into a shield, hoping that he was in time, and that he could hold the shield long enough. Clank! Thunk! The crossbow quarrel dropped to the deck, bent. The armsman in black and yellow charged toward Kharl, his sabre extended and clearly expecting a wounded, if not a dead or dying, guard. Kharl raised the cudgel slightly, but stayed behind the hardened air. The armsman thrust, his blade striking the invisible shield. The sabre blade shattered, metal scattering across the deck and bouncing from the lower parts of the bulkheads. At the momentary look of astonishment on the armsman’s face, Kharl released the minute order-chaos hooks holding the air solid, and struck at the man, the cudgel slamming into the attacker’s lower ribs. “Oooof…” The armsman dropped the useless sabre hilt, trying to dance back and draw a long knife, but his steps were wobbly. Kharl’s were not, nor was his aim off. His second blow was to the man’s knife arm, and something cracked. His third shattered a kneecap, and the man toppled, slowly, sprawling onto the deck. The armsman did not make a sound, but lay on the deck, writhing. Kharl stepped forward, his cudgel ready. The attacker’s good hand went to his belt, and then to his mouth. He swallowed something. Kharl grabbed for the man’s arm, but with a second swallow, the armsman convulsed. Kharl began to ring the bell that Hagen had attached to the bulkhead. “What—” Lady Hyrietta’s head peered from the captain’s door. “Lady! Stay there and bolt the door!” Hyrietta did not argue, and Kharl heard the bolt slam home. Within moments, Ghart and Hagen burst through the hatchway from the main deck. In the dim light from the small lantern, Hagen looked down at the still-convulsing armsman. “I tried to stop him without killing him, ser,” Kharl said. “But he took poison before I could get to him.” “Poison?” Hagen looked to Ghart, then back at the fallen armsman, who gave a last shudder before slumping into silence. “He put something in his mouth.” “He did something to the outside guards,” Hagen said, his eyes darting from side to side, checking the passageway. “Could have offered them something to drink—water, wine. Both are dead. Poisoned, I’d say.” “But… he’d been with Ghrant for years… that’s what they said.” “Treachery… that has always been Ilteron’s way…” Hagen turned to Ghart. “Go find the undercaptain and tell him what happened. Then take care of this one. Don’t let anyone inside here. The undercaptain can look from the hatchway if he insists.“ “Yes, ser.” Ghart made his way back onto the deck, closing the hatch behind him, leaving Hagen with Kharl in the passageway. Hagen looked at Kharl. “He picked you.” “I suppose he did.” The captain laughed, mirthlessly. “Bad choice.” “You knew they would,” Kharl said. “I thought, if there were any treachery, that they would. I’d hoped that his personal guard would have been above subversion. I wasn’t about to wager the lady and the heirs on that hope, though.” Ghart reappeared. “Undercaptain’s on his way.” “I’ll talk to the lady.” Hagen turned and walked to the door to his cabin, where he knocked. “Lady Hyrietta? Hagen here.” After a moment, the door opened a crack, then more. “I need to come in for a moment.” The cabin door closed behind the captain, and Kharl could hear the sound of voices, but not the words. Ghart looked at the body of the dead armsman, then at the deck near Kharl’s boots. He bent down and picked up the crossbow quarrel, its tip bent back. “He must have hit something,” Kharl said. “He shot, then charged me.“ Ghart studied the deck again, this time picking up the shattered sections of the sabre. “I suppose he missed with this, too?” Kharl shrugged. “He tried to get me. I used the cudgel. Maybe he wasn’t used to fighting in a narrow space.” Ghart laughed, humorlessly. “We’ll leave it at that, but I think I’ll just make sure all this goes overboard. It’s probably better that way.” “No one would believe I was that lucky,” Kharl said. “You’re right about that,” Ghart replied as he turned with the bent quarrel and broken sabre fragments. Before long, Kharl could hear voices outside the hatchway. “Poisoned… bastard poisoned his own mates… You want me to believe that?“ “I daresay that Lord Hagen doesn’t much care what you believe, undercaptain. He knows what happened, and he knew it was likely…” The undercaptain was furious. Kharl could feel the anger. “You see why the captain wanted two sets of guards?” asked Ghart, his voice calm. “… and your man killed him so we can’t find out…” “No… Kharl disabled him, but he wasn’t quick enough to stop him from taking poison.” “You want me to believe that…” “One moment.” Ghart reappeared in the passageway. He shook his head as he bent and grasped the dead armsman’s tunic and dragged the limp form out of the passageway, mostly closing the hatch behind him. “… face is blue…” “… poison does that… better believe it.” Kharl waited, wondering if there would be another attempt to get to the lady and her sons. Yes, he decided. The question was merely whether the attempt would occur on the Seastag or elsewhere. While he could hope that the attempts occurred where Hagen might prevent them, he had his doubts. Whenever there might be another attempt, it would be with greater stealth or greater force—or both. He didn’t doubt his own courage… but he did worry about knowing enough to deal with something that was less obvious. LXXXII Although Kharl and two others assigned to the passageway duty remained especially alert for the last two days of the voyage, there were no more attempts to attack either the armsmen or those standing duty in the passageway. Nor did the ship encounter any other vessels, not any that Kharl knew about, in any case. The seas had been calm, and there had not been much need for carpentry during the short voyage, for which Kharl had been grateful. On a bright and much warmer eightday, one that was calm and N windless, the Seastag steamed into the small harbor at Dykaru and tied up at the single narrow pier that served oceangoing vessels. At least a company of armsmen in yellow and black held the pier, as well as two squads of lancers in the same colors. Waiting opposite the spot where the Seastag tied up was a coach of golden oak, trimmed in black. Wearing only a heavy gray shirt, Kharl looked beyond the pier, at Dykaru itself, not quite a city, rather a town composed of clusters of buildings, most of them with white plastered walls and orangish brown roof tiles. The trees were all broad-leafed, rather than the evergreens predominant in the north, and had remained green, rather than graying the way leafed trees did in the colder climes. On a low hillside to the west was a keep with light gray stone walls. The walls of the interior buildings were white and roofed in the same tile as the dwellings and structures in the town proper. The harbor itself was empty of larger vessels, except for the Seastag, and a handful of fishing vessels at the smaller wharf to the west of deep-water pier. From the foredeck, Kharl watched as the Lady Hyrietta and her sons crossed the main deck to the gangway and made their way down to the carriage. Hagen walked beside her the entire way to the coach, and the nurse followed. The armsmen in black and yellow surrounded them. After escorting the lady, her sons, and the nurse to the coach and closing the door, the captain bowed and stepped back. The lancers and the coach began to move, and then the armsmen on foot fell in behind. Once the pier was clear, Hagen made his way back up the gangway. Kharl watched as the captain stopped on the quarterdeck and surveyed the ship, then turned forward and made his way toward Kharl. The carpenter waited. Hagen stopped several cubits away. “I wanted to thank you. I wasn’t totally fair, but I knew I could count on you, and there aren’t many in the world so trustworthy.” “I don’t know that I am,” Kharl replied. “In the things that matter you are. You’ve proved that time after time, but then, you probably did in Brysta as well.” Kharl had his doubts about that. Instead, he asked, “What do you think will happen?” “Ilteron will bring his forces south and attempt to crush Ghrant before most of the lords, landowners, and factors come to understand how evil Ilteron truly is.” For a moment, Hagen’s lips tightened. “Doubtless the Emperor of Hamor has suggested that he can spare wizards, ships, and armsmen for but a limited time, in order to force Ilteron to act quickly.“ “So that there will be a war that weakens both sides and leaves Aus-tra divided and in chaos?” suggested Kharl. “For a former cooper, you have come to understand matters quickly, far more quickly than most of the lords of Austra, I fear.” “Several times, you have been addressed as ‘Lord/ ” Kharl said. “And you would like to know why?” “If it would not trouble you.” Hagen laughed once. “I am a lord, of sorts. My father was the arms-commander for Lord Estbach. Lord Estbach was Lord Estloch’s father and the one who became Lord of Austra when his own brother died without proper heirs. My father was gifted with the lands of South Shilton. They are most rocky, fit for goats and sheep, if that, and without meadows, trees worthy of the name, or even a sizable stream. For that reason, and because my father was much respected, no one much cared about the gifting. After my father’s death, I borrowed against them to purchase my first vessel. I was lucky in my trading, and was able to repay the loan. I have not borrowed since, and consider myself most fortunate in that respect.” “I don’t think that’s the entire tale,” replied Kharl, “but I’d not ask for more.” “I was also the head of Lord Ghrant’s personal guard for a brief time, a few years back. It was not a happy experience for either of us.” From what he had seen of Hagen and heard of Ghrant, Kharl could not say that he was surprised. “It was not a position I desired,” Hagen said, “but Lord Estloch prevailed upon me, and because of what I felt I owed, I did what was necessary and as quickly as possible, and Lord Ghrant and I remained on speaking terms. And there you have it, carpenter and mage.” “I’m not a mage,” Kharl replied. “I can do a few things that use order, but I’m far from a mage.” Hagen smiled. “You’re hard on yourself.” “Not any harder than you are on yourself, ser.” Hagen shook his head ruefully. “I think not, but the passing years will tell.” “When will we put back to sea?” “Not for a time yet. None of the cargo is that urgent.” Kharl nodded politely. It was clear that Hagen intended to see what happened, perhaps even have the Seastag standing by as a way for Ghrant and his family to leave Dykaru—and Austra—if necessary. “You think things could get bad here?” “If there’s a fleet from Hamor that appears offshore… that will tell you how bad it is.“ “I hope not.” “Nor I, but my luck hasn’t run that deep in recent years.” Hagen inclined his head. “Thank you again.” Then he turned and was gone. Kharl glanced out to the west at the peaceful view of the white-walled buildings of Dykaru, set against the greenery. After a time, he turned away and headed down to the carpenter shop. With little carpentry to do, he would try to glean more from The Basis of Order. LXXXIII For the next day and a half, Kharl and Tarkyn worked on minor repairs to the exterior of the paddle wheel frames. The repairs were not immediately necessary, but there was little point in postponing them, since the damage would only increase over time, especially in winter. They also put another coat of finish on the new weapons locker, taking advantage of the warmer weather in Dykaru. After completing the locker’s finish work in the late afternoon, Kharl had taken a break and stood on the aft part of the poop, looking to the northwest, out across the harbor and the white walls and tile roofs of the town. Well beyond the keep of Lord Ghrant, he could sense something in the distance. He guessed that if he could have seen farther, he would have seen or sensed a white mist, the kind that surrounded a chaos-wizard—or wizards. “You feel something?” Kharl turned to see Hagen standing by the wheel platform. The carpenter shrugged. “I’m not certain, but I think there’s a white wizard coming toward Dykaru from the northwest. There’ll be more than one, but I don’t know how many.” “If so, I can’t say I’m surprised,” Hagen replied. “Ghrant’s arms-commander—and most of the regular officers—thought that Ilteron would take Valmurl first. That never made sense to me.” “Why not?” asked Kharl, in spite of himself. “He’d gain control of the capital and the largest port in Austra.” “Ilteron’s strength is in the west, and he’s not that well loved in the east. Why fight over a city that Ghrant’s abandoned? All he would do would be to damage what he hopes to gain. If he defeats Ghrant, Valmurl will be that much easier to take. In fact, most would accept his rule as necessary, if not exactly welcome.” “Even if they don’t care for him?” “The alternative would be worse. If Ilteron defeats Ghrant, he will either kill him and his family or drive them from Austra. He will try for the first. It makes matters much easier.” Hagen’s tone turned dryly ironic. “Once that happens, what can the landholders do? Support someone else and prolong the war and destruction? Even if someone managed to kill Ilteron, and if one of Ghrant’s sons survived, or Ilteron’s, at best, Austra would be looking at a long regency, at worst another ambitious lord trying to seize power from underage and untried heirs. And that would make it far easier for the Emperor of Hamor.” “If I happened to be Ilteron,” Kharl suggested, “I’d be looking behind me as well as before. That’d be more true if I won.” “You’re even more suspicious than I am, mage.” “As suspicious, perhaps. Not more. You must have considered that long ago.” Hagen laughed. “How long will we stay in Dykaru? Until the outcome is certain— one way or the other?” “Unhappily.” Kharl understood that. “Is there any way you can help Lord Ghrant?” “At the moment, I know of nothing else to be done. I have no arms-men, only a handful of unarmed vessels. We’ll have to see what opportunities arise.” If any do, thought Kharl bleakly. LXXXIV lwo more days passed, and Hagen remained onshore somewhere, leaving Furwyl in charge of the Seastag. After finishing the paddle wheel frame repairs, and giving the first weapons locker another coat of finish, because it looked too worn compared to the new locker, Kharl and Tarkyn retreated to the carpenter shop, where Tarkyn continued to work on his scrimshaw, and Kharl read and reread The Basis of Order. Kharl searched the book for something that might explain what he had done by hardening the air and the water, but he could find nothing that mentioned what he had done, not in so many words. One passage offered a general thought: Order is like glue, in that it links all together, while chaos is but the opposite. Its power lies in separating… and when even the smallest bits of that which surround us are separated, basic fire and the heat of flame are released. A chaos-wizard channels that fire and flame, and yet he must use order to do so, lest he be separated from himself by the powers of separation… So he had been using order like glue? Kharl frowned. It made sense in a fashion, and yet, it did not, because no glue could turn air into a shield against a crossbow bolt. He let the book drop, considering. Nowhere in the entire book, he realized, was there actually a description of how to use order or chaos to accomplish anything. There were only insights, observations, and explanations about the world or how matters worked. Had it been written that way on purpose? Or because it had been written by someone who was making discoveries as he wrote? “Won’t learn how to be a mage from reading,” suggested Tarkyn, looking up from the scrimshaw. “I know. But I look for hints and ideas, and then I try to see what I might be able to do.” “Any luck?” “I found the weak hull planks,” Kharl pointed out. “I’m glad of that. Wouldn’t have wanted to swim my way to shore. Too much work.” “You can swim?” asked Kharl. “Used to be able to. Was a sawboy, and fell into the millstream. Owner’s son pulled me out, then taught me something about swimming. Claimed it was easier than training a new sawboy every few eightdays. Really not all that hard. Just keep your arms in the water and move ‘em slow.” “That’s all?” Tarkyn laid down the scrimshaw. “Look. You’re floating in the water. You lift your arms out of the water and thrash, and two things happen. There’s more weight up over you, and that pushes you down. And… your arms aren’t doing anything to keep you afloat.” The older carpenter snorted. “Everything’s like that. Do it slow and easy, and you get in less trouble. Flap and thrash… doesn’t work. You see an eagle flying-wings move slow-like.” Kharl nodded. “You’re right. Just hadn’t thought of it in that way.” He could swim, but no one had taught him that way. “Most times, you discover something,” replied Tarkyn, “you haven’t found anything new at all, just looked at the same thing differently. It’s like you see it for the first time all over again.” He picked up the scrimshaw and studied it. “Then… life’s like that, if you really live it.” Life’s like that… if you really live it—the words seemed to echo, to resonate through Kharl. Had that been his problem all along, that he’d never really looked at life? But did anyone? Really? Unless something happened and he was forced to reconsider everything that he thought he had held dear? He looked down, blankly, at the open book. LXXXV On sixday, after he and Tarkyn had completed another round of minor repairs, and when the duty day in port was done, Kharl decided to take shore leave. Hagen had still not returned to the ship, and Ghart had merely admonished Kharl not to stay too long. Kharl left the Seastag about a glass before sunset and walked in the empty pier toward the avenue along the stone wall that marked the edge of the harbor. Unlike Valmurl or Swartheld, there were no guards or patrollers on the pier or the avenue that fronted the harbor. He walked alone, and that was how he often felt, for as a carpenter and a subofficer, he was neither an officer on the Seastag, nor exactly a crewman. The second street to the right off the harbor avenue was wider, almost a boulevard, and Kharl turned onto it, walking to the northwest, past a cobbler’s, then a cloth factor’s, where all manner of colored linen and cotton fabrics were displayed. The pavement itself was of oblong limestone blocks, and with raised sidewalks on each side of the street proper, but the boulevard was nearly deserted. At the first cross street, he looked to his left, and saw a group of men in the black and green of the Austran lancers. Two men in gray cloaks looked at the lancers from the small porch of a silversmith’s. “… do more good if they were out north…” “… don’t seem to care what’s good for Austra…” “… who does, these days?” One glanced at Kharl, then the other, and they stepped back inside the shop. Halfway up the next block, Kharl stopped under a green awning, turning and peering through the open, arched doorway. With the high-arched ceilings and the tables, it looked like a tavern or a cafe, but out of the close to twenty tables, only two were taken—one by four officers in green and black, and one by two white-haired men. An older woman appeared, wearing a brown apron over a tan shirt and trousers. “Yes?” “I wondered if you were open?” “We are.” “Everything is so deserted. I wasn’t sure.” “We’re open.” The gray-haired woman turned with a sigh and, walking with a limp to one side of the public area, seated Kharl at a table under a wall arch. “What will you have? Lager and dark ale, and some redberry—that’s all we have.” “Lager. What about food?” “Fowl with groundnuts and sauce or zatana.” “I’ll have the fowl.” After she limped away, Kharl studied the table, a wood he’d not seen, light like white oak but with irregulars swirls in the grain, dark lines intertwined with brilliant gold ones. “Lager.” The server set the tall green mug on the table. “Three coppers.” Kharl handed her four. “Thank you.” She paused. “You off the ship?” “Yes.” “They say your captain is waiting, in case he needs to take the lady and the heirs to Nordla or Candar.” “He’s waiting, but I don’t think that’s the reason. He hasn’t said.” Kharl offered a smile he hoped didn’t look too forced. “Those in charge never do.” With a sound halfway between a sniff and a snort, she turned, then stopped. “Be a bit for the fowl.” “That’s fine.” After the woman retreated, Kharl took a swallow of the lager—cool, but not cold, and more welcome than he had thought it would be. He glanced around the public room, taking in the arches on each side and the paintings hung on the flat wall surface between the arches. The one directly across from him showed an old-style, full-rigged ship under full sail, with a spit of land on the right side—presumably leaving Dykaru. The one farther away, across the room and to his left, showed a black-haired man lifting a large mug and smiling. The background was that of the same public room where Kharl sat, subtly different, looking perhaps newer. Kharl took another swallow of the lager, thinking. “Here you are, ser. That’ll be three.” Kharl looked up, blankly, for a moment, his thoughts interrupted by the arrival of the fowl, accompanied by some type of yams and a basket of bread. Then, he handed over four coppers. “Thanks be to you, ser.” Kharl ate slowly, enjoying the combination of the mildly hot but creamy sauce, the piquant taste of the fowl, and the crunchiness of the toasted groundnuts. He wasn’t that fond of yams, but dipping them in the sauce helped that problem. As he ate, he listened to the four officers, using his order-senses to boost his hearing. “… don’t understand why we’re getting pushed back… bastard lord’s only got forty companies of lancers…” “… doesn’t count the wizards… can’t fight fireballs, and can’t use rifles or cannon.” “… retreating too much…” “… not for long. No place left to retreat…” A laugh—bitter—followed. “Can’t get any farther south.” “Ilteron’ll go for the keep.” “Better hope so…” One of the officers stood. “Time to get back.” “… before we can’t…” Kharl watched as the four left. With an attack taking place, he had to wonder what they were doing where they were. Or was that just another of Ghrant’s problems? He was beginning to understand—he thought—why Hagen had not stayed long as Ghrant’s arms-commander. But since the four were regulars, that did not say much for the Austran lancers and foot and their support of Ghrant. He finished eating, more thoughts than he could have counted swirling through his mind, then rose and left. Kharl had not taken ten steps away from the cafe or tavern before he heard a dull thump. He looked back and saw that the lamp by the door had been extinguished and the double doors closed—probably barred as well. He picked up his pace on the empty boulevard although he heard no sounds. He’d walked almost two blocks when the low rumble of iron-rimmed wheels on the stone pavement echoed down the boulevard from behind him. The rumbling rapidly grew louder, and was accompanied by a low moaning. He slipped into the darker shadows of an alleyway, watching as the long and narrow wagon rolled toward him. Through the darkness, he could sense the chaos of wounds, and imminent death, and the wounded armsmen lying or sitting in the wagon. “… gone too far…” “… said to take this road…” “… didn’t say to drive into the center of town… way past the keep…” “… what you expect… couldn’t find his way to battle without two guides…” “Better where we are… highlanders less than ten kays from the harbor…” “… closer by now…” “Captain said to stay out of town.” “… what does he know? Except about women…” “… girls… too young to know real women…” Kharl just waited, standing against the alleyway wall, as the wagon rumbled past, down toward the harbor. Then, he stepped out and continued, following it at a distance. The wagon with the wounded had disappeared by the time Kharl reached the edge of the harbor, and the harbor avenue was totally deserted as he walked back toward the pier, so quiet that his boots echoed. The only other sounds were the low buzzing of insects and the lapping of wavelets on the harbor wall. Rhylla was on the quarterdeck when Kharl made his way up the gangway. “Good to see you back. Captain called in everyone. Only missing a few.” “Are we going to leave?” Kharl glanced around, but the decks were empty. “Where is he?” “He didn’t say. He’s off again. Left orders with the first.” Rhylla looked more directly at Kharl. “You know something?” “The fighting’s getting close to Dykaru. Wagonload of wounded passed me on the way back to the ship.” “Doesn’t look good,” she observed. Kharl could only agree with that, and he wished he knew what orders Hagen had left with Furwyl, but he wasn’t about to ask. Furwyl wouldn’t have told him, anyway. LXXXVI Kharl was aware of a murmuring around the forecastle, even before he slowly swung out of his bunk on sevenday morning. He didn’t pay much attention until he was on his feet and dressing. “… first says there’s warships off the harbor… black-hulled ships…” “… lots of ‘em…” “… black… isn’t that Reduce?” asked Kawelt. “Hamor,” said Kharl. “Reduce doesn’t send its ships in fleets, and they’re usually invisible.” “Frig…” muttered Reisl. “Means we’re stuck here, maybe even get shelled or boarded.” “Or worse,” added Hodal. “Unless we get a storm. Then they’d have to stand off,” Reisl said. “There are some clouds to the east.” “You’re dreaming,” Hodal said. “Hoping… fellow can hope…” “Good luck with that…” Kharl agreed with Hodal. Hope was a frail reed against sheer power. The carpenter did not say so, but washed up as well as he could, dressed, and made his way out onto the main deck. He looked south from there, but didn’t see anything. After several moments, he crossed the main deck and climbed the ladder to the poop, where he stood on the port side, looking south and out across the Great Western Ocean. Just on the horizon, he could make out black dots, hard to distinguish against the gray-blue of the water and the grayish sky, although there were no distinct clouds, just enough of a haze to blur the sun and the horizon. There was a light wind from the southeast, slightly more than a breeze. “Looking to see them?” asked Furwyl, as he reached the top of the ladder and walked toward Kharl. “It’s there—full Hamorian squadron. Ten ships. Not a fleet, but enough that we’ll be staying here, leastwise in the light of day. They were closer in, earlier, but the sea’s getting rougher. Wouldn’t be surprised if we got a bit of a blow.“ “That would make it easier for us to get around them, wouldn’t it?” “It would. That’d be if the captain were thinking of leaving.” “Is he taking over command of Lord Ghrant’s forces?” Furwyl laughed. “Too late for that. Lord Ghrant should have let him reorganize ‘em when he suggested that years ago. Ghrant doesn’t like to upset people. Weighs things, I hear, by who’s upset. Sometimes, to do things right, you have to upset a lot of folk at first. Less people upset over time, but…” The first shrugged. “Like a ship. Lay down the law fair and firm-like to begin with, and hold to it, and you get a happy ship. You tack to every little change in the wind, never get anywhere.” Kharl had to wonder. Hadn’t he tried that in life? And where had it gotten him? Run out of his homeland, his consort killed, his sons hating him, and his neighbor and friend assassinated. “That’s if you have the power to lay down the law. The captain didn’t, and Lord Ghrant did, but Lord Ghrant didn’t do anything.” “Goes without saying, carpenter. Can’t do much without both ability and power. Ability can sometimes get you power, but without power, ability’s wasted, and that can lead to ruin. Power and no skill leads you to ruin. Just takes longer. That’s all.” “You don’t think Lord Ghrant has much ability?” “Couldn’t be saying that, now, could I?” Furwyl laughed, but there was little humor in the sound. “He could learn, if he would but listen.” “And Ilteron?” “He seems to listen to all, and offers pleasant words. He heeds none, and uses and discards all.” The contempt in Furwyl’s voice was in stark contrast to the more muted words about Lord Ghrant. Kharl walked to the stern, by the port rudder post, thinking, considering what little he knew. Ilteron had to have ridden south to attack Dykaru before Ghrant had decided to retreat there. Likewise, the Hamorian ships had to have set out from Hamor even before Ghrant had left Valmurl. How did they know? Lands and lords didn’t stake ships and battles and moving lancers and troops just on guesses about where the enemy would be. They had known. But how? Spying? Wizardry? What sort of wizardry allowed them to see across vast distances and know what would happen? He looked up and forward. Furwyl had left the poop. Kharl made his way down to the mess. Most of the crew had eaten, but Kharl managed to scrounge enough bread, and some cheese, and a soft pearapple, as well as a mug of redberry. He sat down across from Hodal and Kawelt, who were finishing up what looked like fried and salted pork. Kharl didn’t miss not having the pork. “You see the ships?” asked Hodal. “They’ve moved farther offshore, the first said,” replied Kharl after swallowing a mouthful of bread and cheese. “He thinks a storm’s in the offing.” “Told you so.” “Captain’ll wait till it’s just right, and then we’ll be off…” “… knows what he’s doing. That’s why no shore leave.” Kharl had no doubts that Hagen knew what he was doing, but he was far less sure that those actions included leaving Dykaru while the future of Austra was yet in doubt. “… should have gotten here earlier. Cook had fresh eggs…” “… should have…” Kharl mumbled, his mouth full. After eating, and the morning in-port muster on the main deck, Kharl made his way down to the carpenter shop. His eyes lifted to the overhead bin, and the staff, and the words of The Basis of Order came back to him… the idea that a mage could not fully master his abilities until he cast aside the staff… and the passage after that… where the words talked about how dividing power weakened it more than just in half… “Carpenter?” Kharl looked at the hatchway, where Dasket, a rigger he hardly knew, stood. “Yes?” “Captain needs you, ser. Right this moment. He’s in his cabin.” “Thank you. I’m on my way.” Kharl had thought that Hagen was ashore, but perhaps the captain had already returned. Dasket hesitated, then turned. Kharl followed him out and up the ladder to the main deck. From there, Kharl crossed the deck and entered the passageway he had once guarded, noting that the lamp bracket remained but the watch bell had been removed. He knocked on the door to the captain’s cabin. “Kharl, ser.” “Come in. Close the hatch.” “Yes, ser.” Kharl opened the door, entered, and closed it behind him. Hagen stood beside the circular table. His eyes were reddened, and deep black circled them. “How do you feel?” “Fine, ser.” “I’m going to ask you something. It’s not an order, but a request, and I want you to understand that.” Kharl nodded, waiting. “The highlanders are about to attack the keep. They broke through the regulars early this morning. Before long, it’s likely they’ll surround the town. Lord Ghrant will make an attack shortly, I believe, in hopes of breaking them and driving them back. He has charged me with the safety of his lady and heirs. I think you could help me.” “I’ll go,” Kharl said immediately. “You don’t have to.” “You didn’t have to take me aboard, ser. What’s right is right. I think I ought to bring my staff.” “That wouldn’t hurt. We need to hurry.” “I’ll get the staff.” Kharl understood that Hagen had spent extra time, just to meet Kharl in private, so that Kharl would not feel influenced by others watching, and it was another measure of the man that Kharl appreciated. The carpenter hurried down to the shop, where he reclaimed both the staff and his winter jacket and gloves, before hurrying back topside. Hagen met him at the quarterdeck. For the first time, the captain wore weapons, a sabre and a long belt knife. Kharl followed Hagen onto the pier, a pier that grew wetter with each wave that broke against it, as higher waters surged into the small harbor from off the Great Western Ocean. At the end of the pier waited a small detachment of armsmen in black and yellow, only eight in all. There were two mounts without riders. Kharl had never ridden a horse. He’d seen riders mount, and he managed to do so. He struggled to get the base of the staff into what looked like a lance holder. Then he glanced at Hagen. “I’m not a lancer, ser.” “We’re not riding into battle. We’re only riding to get there. Just hang on to the saddle and the reins.” Kharl hoped he could. The undercaptain and another lancer led the way, two abreast, with Kharl and Hagen riding behind them. Kharl felt that he bounced more than rode as the column moved at a quick trot through the stone-paved streets of Dykaru, eerily empty under the hazy morning sky, with the horses’ hoofs being the loudest sound, echoing off the streets and white-plastered stone walls. “We’re supposed to meet the rest of the company on the orchard lane leading to the causeway,” Hagen said to Kharl. Kharl nodded, as if the words meant something, not that they did. He had no idea even what the keep looked like, except from a distance. He would have liked to try to see if he could sense the white wizards, but merely staying on the mount took most of his concentration. Still, it was faster than walking. Before long, they reached the northern edge of the town, where the dwellings thinned, and a parklike expanse of grass and trees extended toward the ridgetop keep a kay away. Kharl could smell smoke, if faintly. The park seemed empty of armsmen, except in the distance off to the right, where a squad of riders had reined up, facing toward the white walls of the keep. The lancers wore dark blue and gray. “We’ll circle to the west some to reach the lane,” Hagen ordered, turning his mount left onto a graveled road that fronted the park. From the keep a series of horn blasts rang out, and there was the muted thunder of hoofs, but Kharl could see no riders. He took a moment to let his order-chaos senses feel the area before him. Almost immediately, he could feel an upwelling of white chaos more to the right, beyond the riders in blue and gray, who had already ridden northward, and out of sight. There had to be fighting in that direction, Kharl felt, although he could not say exactly how he knew, only that he did. None of the armsmen spoke. The loudest sound was the clicking of hoofs on the pure white gravel of the lane. Kharl tried to shift his weight and came close to falling but grabbed the saddle and caught himself. He was not an instinctive rider; that was certain. In less than a tenth of a glass, the short column turned right onto a paved road that arrowed through an orchard toward the southwestern corner of the keep. “From the right!” Kharl turned in the saddle to see a good score of riders in the dark blue and gray riding toward them along a gravel service path in the orchard. Somehow he managed to turn the horse to face the attack, but he wasn’t about to try to charge the attackers and try to use the staff at the same time. He fumbled the staff out of the lance holder, hoping that he could stay mounted while using both hands on the staff. Because the others rode toward the rebels, Kharl was at the rear when the enemy lancers reached them. Several of Ilteron’s men went down, as did two of those in black and yellow, and then a lancer in blue and gray was bearing down on Kharl, his sabre coming toward Kharl in a vicious cut. Kharl underhanded the staff, bringing it up from below the man’s guard. The heavy iron-banded end slammed into the lancer’s forearm, then into the side of his face. Kharl reeled in the saddle, but struggled back upright. The attacker lay on the ground unmoving. Bringing the staff back into position, Kharl could only deflect the slash of the next attacker before the lancer was past him. Another rider—Hagen—had wheeled his mount back and rode past Kharl, cutting down one of the attackers from the blind side. The third lancer to charge Kharl saw the staff and tried to swing closer to the carpenter to block the staff short of its most effective length, but Kharl dropped the tip and angled it more from below, catching the attacker’s sabre arm while he was still a good three cubits from Kharl. There was a cracking sound, and the sabre went flying. Then, just as suddenly as the attackers had appeared, they vanished, except for the six or so bodies that lay on the gravel of the service path. Kharl found he was breathing heavily. “You wield a mean staff, even mounted,” called out Hagen. “Not… a… mounted weapon,” gasped Kharl. “We need to get to the end of the lane.” The six remaining lancers had regrouped. After putting the staff back in the lance holder, Kharl urged his mount up beside Hagen’s as they rode along the remaining quarter kay of the lane toward the two short stone columns where the orchard ended and a grassy expanse separated the orchard from the keep. As they neared the stone posts, a column of riders in black and yellow rode toward them down a causeway from the keep. Kharl could see blood splashed across the tunics of those leading the oncoming column. “Captain Hagen! Captain Hagen!” An undercaptain spurred his mount toward Kharl and the others. “We’re here,” Hagen said quietly once the other had reined up. “The lady?” “She and the boys—they’re waiting at the keep gates. The guards there have the causeway clear, and they’ve pushed them back. Don’t know how long they can hold.” “Lord Ghrant?” asked Hagen. The undercaptain shook his head. “He’s trapped on the ridge to the north of the keep. Holding them at bay. He’s trying to keep the wizards from getting close enough to fire the keep. They’d be lofting fireballs over the walls.“ Kharl could sense the truth of that. He also hadn’t thought about wizards being able to destroy a stone keep. Hagen looked to Kharl. Kharl nodded. “He’s speaking the truth.” “Get the lady and the boys down here as quick as you can, and with as many lancers as you can spare. We’ve already been attacked once.” “Yes, ser.” The undercaptain turned his mount. Two riders galloped back up the causeway toward the gates, less than half a kay away. To the right of the causeway, a squad of lancers had formed up, facing northeast, toward the chaos of battle that Kharl could sense all too clearly. As they waited, Kharl looked down at his jacket and gray trousers, both streaked with blood, then at Hagen. “A word, Lord Hagen?” Hagen eased his mount closer to Kharl, and the carpenter wondered how he could explain what he needed to do. Finally, he cleared his throat. “I would not see Austra become as Nordla, nor as Hamor. I would like your leave to depart for a time.” Hagen’s eyes widened. “You don’t owe me that. You don’t owe—” “No. This is another kind of debt. I will go, one way or another. I would like your leave.” “You may have it. You know that if Lord Ilteron’s forces come to the harbor, we will depart?” “I know.” Even as he said the words, Kharl had to wonder if he were being a fool, searching for an act of meaning because no matter how hard he had tried, he had been unable to find one, not one that turned out well, at least. “There is one thing that may help you,” Hagen said quickly. “None have fought well or recently in Austra. Ilteron’s armsmen and lancers will not act quickly. If you act decisively, events will favor you.” Kharl nodded. He had already seen that, and he was not even an armsman. Hagen gestured, and one of the lancers, perhaps a Serjeant, rode over and reined up. “The mage needs to get as close to the ridge as you can take him.” The serjeant looked at Kharl skeptically. Kharl ignored the skepticism. “The closer I can get, the more I may be able to do to help Lord Ghrant.” “We’ll get you closer than you’d like,” came the grim reply. “You want to ride all the way?” “The last part, if it’s not too far… on foot, I think.” “You could use bushes for cover going up the ridge. You all right with that?” “That would be better. So long as it’s not too far.” “Thought as much. Ilteron’s lancers can’t ride you down in the bushes.” There was a pause. “What are you going to do?” “What I can.” That was the only truthful answer Kharl had. “Best we go.” The serjeant motioned, and another rider joined them, grim-faced, and without saying a word. The two lancers flanked Kharl as the three rode eastward past the front of the keep and turned northward down a narrow gravel path that slowly curved back eastward around the base of the ridge. Less than half a kay onward, still near the base of a long slope, the serjeant reined up. To Kharl’s right was a mass of bushes, yet with an edge as clean as if laid out with a rule. “This part of the ridge is mostly berry bushes. Been there since before there was a town, my grandsire said. Can’t ride a horse through it, but it’d be slow going unless you stay on the edges.” “I’ll stay beside them.” Kharl dismounted and handed the reins to the serjeant. “I won’t be needing the horse.” “Good luck, ser.” From the lancer’s tone, Kharl could tell that the man thought him a dead man—or mad, or perhaps both. “Thank you.” Kharl took the staff and started uphill. He did not look back as the two lancers rode off. From the feeling of lessened chaos emanating from the top of the ridge, Kharl could sense that the battle was winding down. He could only hope that he was not too late, that something could be salvaged. And from what he had observed of white wizards, he had to see if he couldn’t at least stop them, and Ilteron, even if they had already slain the less-than-wise Lord Ghrant. Kharl moved uphill more swiftly, staying beside the bushes, but not using his light shield, not yet, and not wanting to until he had to. Within moments, he could see figures ahead—lancers in green and black and in yellow and black riding downhill, avoiding the berry bushes. Behind them came armsmen on foot. Some were pursued by lancers in blue and gray, and others stumbled, as if they had trouble walking or seeing. Some were splattered with blood, but most were not. The carpenter tried to sense the chaos ahead, but there were two pillars of unseen white, one not all that far away, but uphill and to his right, out among the more open grassy stretches where there were but few trees. The other—and stronger focus—was close to the top of the ridge, if not at the very top. Kharl drew back into the bushes as mounts thundered down in his direction. “Someone’s in the bushes! Could be an archer!” Kharl dropped to his knees and willed the light to flow around him as the rebel lancers neared. “Gone now… swore he was right there…” A laugh followed. “They’re all running, like scared coneys.” “… won’t matter… not in the end…” “… make sure we get to the end…” Kharl barely waited until the lancers were past before he dropped the light shield and scrambled uphill. The rush of men fleeing and those pursuing seemed to dissipate, and he began to hurry across the hill. Less than ten rods away, he could see a band of armsmen in yellow and black, using a stone pavilion as a makeshift redoubt and shield against a white wizard and a company of rebel lancers. There were bodies in blue and gray strewn before the amber stone structure, as well as many in yellow and black; but this group of armsmen loyal to Lord Ghrant had neither broken nor run, and the attackers had pulled back. Kharl could see that no one was even looking in his direction as he crossed the slope. Hsssstt! A reddish white firebolt arced from the wizard and flew between two stone pillars. Flame flared, and one of the defenders staggered forward, screaming, his entire body a mass of fire. Kharl gathered the light shield around himself, forcing himself to keep moving, not to think, but to get closer to the wizard. Even from within the darkness of his light shield, he could easily sense the white energy of the wizard as yet one more firebolt flared into the stone pavilion. Another set of screams echoed across the morning. Kharl winced but kept walking, until he was less than a rod behind the rear of the rebels. “… turn ‘em to torches!” “… southern weaklings…” Kharl was still a good fifty cubits from the swirling of chaos and whiteness. He could only hope that his idea would work. It should… but one never knew. He took a slow and deep breath, then visualized the air around the wizard, then reached out and twisted all the order-and-chaos hooks, so that the air touching the wizard’s body turned solid. There was not even a sound, except the wizard pitched forward, frozen as though he had been turned into stone. “What happened!” “Must be another mage!” “Where?” Despite the other’s immobility, Kharl could sense the gathering bolt of chaos, and he forced himself to wait until the last moment—even as the reddish white fireball was flaring toward him—before hardening a shield of air between him and the chaos-bolt. Still, heat and fire flamed past him, so close and so hot he could feel the ends of his hair and beard crisp and smell the burning hair. The second fireball was weaker. That was good, because Kharl doubted he could hold the shields for too long. He could sense the chaos folding in upon itself, and he let go of the shield before him, but not the one imprisoning the white wizard. The entrapped wizard continued to struggle, but the last firebolt was but a tiny eruption of flame. Then, there was a reddish emptiness, and Kharl could feel the absoluteness of death, releasing the confinement that had destroyed the wizard. The carpenter turned back uphill and moved back across the hillside, still light-shielded. Once he was a good ten rods away from the forces battling over the pavilion and again moving uphill beside the bushes, he released the light shield, blinking as light flooded his sight. For several moments, he had trouble seeing and was glad that the grassy slope offered relatively even footing. Behind him, he could hear the clash of metal and the grunting of armsmen as the rebels and the loyalists renewed the conflict over the pavilion. He would have to leave that battle to the armsmen, at least for the moment, because he needed to find the second chaos-wizard. The bushes ended, suddenly. Before Kharl the grassy slope leveled out. Ahead, a low white marble wall, less than two cubits high, and less than five rods away, encircled another larger stone pavilion. Behind or within the wall was the pillar of white chaos—and a far larger gathering of armed men, many of whom were looking downhill. “Someone’s coming!” Kharl quickly donned his light shield. “He’s gone!” “… vanished…” “… just turned and ran, that’s all…” “… don’t know… might have wizards, too…” “… woulda seen ‘em earlier…” Kharl began to angle to his right, to where he could sense that there were fewer armed men, and slightly away from the chaos-focus. But he kept moving uphill and toward the remaining white wizard—and, he hoped, Ilteron and perhaps even Lord Ghrant. “There’s an order-mage coming… look for where things seem blurry!” called out a voice. Kharl tried not to hurry, to keep his steps and pace even, as he used his senses to make his sightless way toward the stone structure that rose in the center of the paved area enclosed by the wall and crowned the southern end of the ridge. “Go find him! The mage! He’s got to be close.” “You find him…” “How?” For their confusion, Kharl was most grateful. He tried to keep his breathing even and as quiet as possible as he neared the stone wall and the men who stood behind it. He could sense an opening farther to his left, and he eased in that direction. The white wizard who stood less than ten rods away was the stronger of the two with Ilteron. That Kharl could feel. But… did he need to attack the other wizard? What he really needed was to destroy Ilteron. His only problem was that he didn’t know which of the armed men happened to be the rebel lord, and there were close to a hundred figures on the ridgetop. Then… if Ghrant were dead, and Kharl killed Ilteron, and not the white wizard, the rebel lords would be able to continue the war. So Kharl had to deal with the white wizard—if he could. “I know you are here, cowardly black.” The voice boomed across the ridge, and Kharl could sense the chaos that amplified it. “Lyras, skulking in the back hills once more will get you nothing.“ Kharl said nothing, moving along the stone wall, until he sensed a gap in the armsmen, one a good three cubits wide. He stepped up on the stone wall—and felt the reason for the gap—a fountain or pool behind it. While he disliked using his tricks even to get to the white wizard, he hardened the water and carefully made his way to the far side of the pool, where he released the order-ties. Then he stood in his darkness, trying to gather himself together. The stone pavilion was but another fifteen cubits before him, and he could sense both the white wizard and two other figures within the stone-roofed and columned structure before him. “You have learned, Lyras… but you have not learned enough.” Kharl thought. The white wizard could sense his presence in general terms, but not with any great accuracy, or fireballs likely would have been sent his way. Kharl eased forward, trying to figure out which man was which of those under the dome. There were three, and one lay on the stone floor, still alive, but dazed. That had to be Ghrant. But which of the other two was which? “You said… there were no black mages in Austra.” The surprisingly high voice came from the taller figure—Ilteron. “It matters not. Black cannot stand against white, not in war.” Could Kharl just harden the air around Ilteron’s face and head? If he made it tight enough, it ought to suffocate the lord, and it wouldn’t take as much strength. Remembering Hagen’s words about speed, he twisted the order-and-chaos hooks together. Ilteron staggered, his hands clawing at his face. Kharl needed more strength. He could feel that the staff he held had strength, order, within it. Abruptly, the words of The Basis of Order made sense, and he wondered why he had not understood before. He… he had been the one to put that order there, as a tool. Perhaps Jenevra had as well, but the order in the staff was limited to what a staff could do. He concentrated… not so much on breaking the staff, or even casting it aside, as reuniting the order that was his in the staff with that within himself. A flow of darkness surged through him. Crack… Without even his willing it, the staff had broken, and the iron bands that had bound it were no longer black iron, but gray. The lower fragment hit the stones by his feet with a dull thunk, and without thinking Kharl dropped the useless other half. “There!” Hssst! A massive firebolt flared toward Kharl before he could try to harden the air around the wizard. Still trying to hold the hardened air tight around the dying Ilteron, Kharl flung up weaker, barely hardened air shields. The firebolt flared around and past him, again burning his skin. But the worst of the fire flared into the rebel armsmen, and more than a half score flamed like torches. Kharl smiled coldly and stepped to the side, releasing the air shields. “You missed!” he exclaimed. Hsstt! Another firebolt slammed toward Kharl, and again he raised the deflecting shields. More rebel armsmen flamed and died. Kharl darted farther to his right. “You don’t aim very well!” With the third splash of flame, there was a cry, “Back! They’ll flame us all!” Kharl moved again. “Over here!” Hssst! While the firebolt followed his voice, none of the armsmen were about to get close enough to attack, not when the odds were that they’d get burned to cinders. Kharl could feel his breathing getting labored and his knees becoming weak. Hssst/ Behind and around him, the armsmen backed away and began to run, slowly at first, then more quickly. Kharl eased sideways and forward. Weak as he felt, he had to harden the air around the white wizard—and quickly. “Your invisibility won’t save you. You can’t hide forever.” The carpenter reached out and hardened the air around the wizard, but just around his head and neck. Hssst! The firebolt flared directly at Kharl, perhaps because the wizard could follow the order-link. Kharl threw up his hardened air shields, then sat down. His legs were rubbery. Hssst! Another firebolt flared around him, the heat even greater. Then a third and a fourth bolt followed, and Kharl huddled behind his shields. The fifth bolt was weaker, and the sixth died before reaching Kharl. The carpenter released his own air shields, and just sat on the stone, shivering and holding the shields around Ilteron and the white wizard until both were dead. His face burned, and his entire body throbbed by the time he let go of the force holding the hardened air around the two. But the job was far from done. After releasing the sight shield, Kharl glanced around warily. There was no one alive within the circular stone wall, but charred bodies lay everywhere, and the stench of burned flesh roiled his guts. He was surprised that more enemy armsmen were not returning to attack, and yet it made sense. He doubted if any of the armsmen had ever seen a battle between mages, and after a few score of the rebels had been incinerated, the rest hadn’t wanted to remain close. Slowly, he crawled the last twenty cubits to the stone pavilion, partly because he didn’t want armsmen beyond the wall to see him, and partly because he wasn’t sure his legs had yet regained enough strength to hold him. When he reached the pavilion, he looked around. The white wizard was a slight figure, smaller even than Ghrant. Ilteron had been even taller and broader than Kharl. The slightly built Ghrant was alive. How alive was another question. The carpenter-mage reached out and grabbed the lord’s leather harness, then began to drag the smaller man across the stones and around the fallen bodies toward the gap in the stone wall—and not the one where the pond was—nearest the side of the hill with the berry bushes. At the edge of the wall, keeping himself low, Kharl glanced around. Armsmen and lancers were beginning to edge back up the hillside. “… real quiet up there…” “… you want to go, you go…” “… anything take out a white wizard… don’t want to be the one to get in its way…” Kharl just hoped that would keep them away for a moment. He girded himself and cast the light shield. He needed to get at least a few hundred cubits downhill before releasing it. He made over a hundred cubits before he did. Thankfully, there was no one nearby when he could see again. Then he continued, once more, to drag the unconscious lord down the hill. He had to stop every few cubits, and then rest, before dragging Ghrant farther. Halfway down the hill, Kharl found a mount tied to a tree. Whose it was didn’t matter. He barely had the strength to lever the unconscious lord over the narrow space in front of the saddle, then untie and mount the horse himself. With the horse’s first steps, Kharl struggled to hang on to the lord with one hand and the saddle and the reins with the other as he tried not to lurch from side to side. The ride back to the port, with his selective use of the sight shield, felt as though it must have taken glasses. At times, he knew armsmen were near, and he somehow shielded the two of them and the horse, then rode on, slowly. At other times, even without the sight shield, he could not see, but he kept riding. The sun was low in the western sky even before he reached the harbor avenue. To Kharl, it had all been a blur after leaving the stone pavilion. Then he was on the pier and riding toward the Seastag. The lines were singled up, and smoke was pouring from the stacks, but… the gangway was down—if with four armsman at its foot. They had sabres at the ready. “It’s Kharl! He’s got Lord Ghrant!” The armsmen still did not move. Kharl staggered off the mount, and before he could say anything, blackness rushed over him. LXXXVII When Kharl tried to wake up, he could not, and white chaos swirled around him, then blackness, followed by fiery redness, shot with ugly whiteness. Arrows of pain pierced his body, one after the other, endlessly. He felt as though he walked through fire, then through the coldest of winters, and yet, somewhere in the darkness that clouded his thoughts, he knew he had walked not a step. “Drink this… you must drink this…” Even the words burned through his ears, like flame-tipped arrows, and whatever he drank tasted like liquid fire. Worst of all, he could not see, as if he were locked behind his own sight and light shields. At other times, the words spoken to him, as gently phrased as they were, meant nothing. Every word was strange, as if spoken in the language of Hamor or of ancient Westwind, or even of antique and vanished Cyador. At some point, a cooling blackness descended upon him, and his sleep was deeper, and dreamless. Days later, he thought, he woke, without the fire, but he still could not see. He could sense he was in a large room, with a light and cool breeze blowing across his face, a face that felt cracked and dry, and someone sat on a chair beside the wide bed. There was a darkness to that presence. A black mage? “Lyras?” “Yes. I could feel the battle from the north, but it took an eightday to get here. Few coasters were willing to chance the voyage with all the reports of Hamorian warships off the shores.” “Lord Ghrant?” “He will recover, although he is yet weak.” “The rebels… the highlanders?” Even a few words seemed to exhaust Kharl. “All is well… you need to know that, but you also need to rest.” “You… should… have… been… here.” A light laugh answered Kharl’s halting words. “Me? I would have been burned at the first firebolt. I don’t know how you did it. There were close to a hundred armsmen that you flamed. Yet you radiate darkness like the strongest of order-mages.” “Did what… had to…” Kharl was too tired to explain. He could do that later. “I said you were stronger than I,” offered Lyras. “Don’t feel… strong.” “Don’t complain. Most people who took on two white wizards and companies of armsmen and lancers would be three cubits down—if anyone could find enough to bury. That includes mages.” “… not a real mage…” “If you’re not a mage, then water isn’t wet, and ice isn’t cold.” Lyras snorted. “Maybe no kind of mage I’ve heard about, but that doesn’t matter. A mage is a mage, and you’re a mage. No question about that.“ “Mages… not that… stupid——Ghrant still lord?” “Oh, yes, and matters will be much better now.” “The Hamorians… their fleet?” “Oh… that. When they discovered Ilteron was dead, they sailed off. They weren’t interested in shedding their own blood. Just ours. Enough of the questions. You need to rest.” Kharl wanted to protest, but the cool darkness flowed from Lyras over him, and he could not say a word as he dropped into another deep and dreamless sleep. LXXXVIII When Kharl woke again, he could see. He was quartered in a corner room in the keep, with white plaster walls and a wide window, its shutters open to the south. The high bed was of triple width, and had sheets of fine cotton, the kind Charee had dreamed of and Kharl could never have afforded. For a moment, sadness washed over him, and tears streamed from the corners of his eyes. Were all luxuries that costly? He blotted the tears awkwardly, wishing he were not crying, trying to ignore the figure hovering over him. “Are you all right?” Lyras had vanished. In his place was a young woman wearing a dark tunic and trousers, with her black hair tied back, and very intent brown eyes. “Just… I’m better.” How could he explain? “Better,” he repeated. When he could speak, he asked, “Who are you?” Then he tried to look at her more closely, and, abruptly, the blackness dropped across his vision as though he had raised the light shield. “I’m Alidya. I’m a healer in learning. Lyras summoned me.” Kharl forced himself to relax, not to think about seeing. “What happened?” “What do you mean, Master Kharl?” “I don’t remember much after I got Lord Ghrant to the ship.” “No one could believe that you rescued him and killed the white wizards. I’m sure you know, but there wasn’t a mark on them. Not on Ilteron, either. Master Lyras, he said that the ways of the black mages are mysterious… Is it true… oh, I’m not supposed to be talking, not so much. Would you like some lager or some ale?” “Lager… that would be good.” “Just a moment, ser… I’ll be right back.” Her voice died away, as did the sound of sandals on stone. Kharl sat in his darkness. Why had he been able to see, then not see? He’d tried to concentrate on seeing the young healer… and it was as if the concentration had brought on the blindness. Within moments, it seemed, he heard Alidya’s steps returning. “Here, ser. I’ve got your lager.” Kharl managed to locate the tankard—a real tankard and not a clay mug—with his order-senses and take it from Alidya’s hands. He took a slow swallow, then another, enjoying the taste of perhaps the best lager he’d ever had. Sometime after the third or fourth swallow, his sight returned, but he did not look directly at Alidya, just enjoyed the indirect light flooding around him and the distant hills to the south through the window. “You didn’t tell me what happened afterward, after…” Alidya smiled. “Oh, it was glorious. Lord Hagen rallied the lancers and drove back the attackers and raised Lord Ghrant’s banner. Then he sent a message to the highland lords, and, when they learned that Ilteron and the white wizards were dead, they agreed to return to their lands and recognize Lord Ghrant as supreme ruler of Austra.” “Ah…” Kharl couldn’t believe it had been so simple. It could not have been that easy, could it? “Well… he did have to send some captive officers back who saw Lord Ghrant so that they could say that he was alive, and he had to promise that he wouldn’t execute any of the rebel lords. They say that Lord Ghrant wasn’t happy about that.” “That was all?” “There was one other thing,” Alidya said. “The rebels wouldn’t agree unless Lord Ghrant named Lord Hagen as both his chancellor and arms-commander.” Kharl couldn’t help chuckling. He would have rolled with laughter if he hadn’t known it would have hurt too much. Even the chuckling sent spasms through his ribs and muscles. “I don’t think that’s at all funny.” Alidya’s voice turned prim. Kharl managed to stop chuckling. “Why did you laugh, ser?” “I can’t explain… except…” Kharl shook his head. “Someday… someday, you’ll understand.” A pained look crossed the young woman’s face, but she did not ask again. “If I could have some more lager…?” Kharl asked after finishing the tankard. “Yes, ser.” Kharl could only drink a third of what she brought before he had to put it down. He was far more tired than he had thought, and who knew how many days he’d been abed? Later that afternoon, a half glass after Kharl woke from dozing off, Hagen appeared. “Lord Hagen!” Alidya bolted upright from the chair beside Kharl’s bed. “You can go, Alidya, and close the door on the way out.” “Ser…” “Kharl will be fine, and if he needs you, I’ll call you.” “Ah… yes, ser.” Hagen waited until the door closed. “I owe you again.” His mouth twisted into a wry smile. “And you owe me, after a fashion.” “Alidya told me about your having to be the lord-chancellor.” “And arms-commander.” “Lord Ghrant must not be terribly pleased,” offered Kharl. “He’s relieved that he’s still Lord of Austra, and Lady Hyrietta has prevailed upon him to keep whatever anger he may have to himself.” “What will you do with the Seastag?” “Furwyl will become captain, and the others will move up, except for Bemyr. He’ll always be a bosun.” Hagen looked at Kharl. “Lord Ghrant will be honoring you.” “I didn’t do it for honor.” “You’ll pardon me if I didn’t tell him that. I did say that you had seen injustice in your past and that you could not allow it to triumph in Austra if you could help it.“ Hagen grinned crookedly. For a moment, Kharl did not understand the grin. Then he smiled broadly. “That was almost evil, Lord Hagen.” “What? To remind him that a lord’s task is to seek justice? To suggest that he owes his entire rule to a man who sought justice?” Hagen’s grin faded. “We are at least fortunate that he is one on whom that makes an impact. Though he will need frequent reminders.” Thinking of Ilteron—and Egen—Kharl nodded. “You will be honored. I would guess a purse, a small continuing stipend and estate, and the support of Lord Ghrant, which is not to be dismissed, even here.” “I had not thought…” Kharl had indeed not thought of rewards… or of the possibility of remaining in Austra, and Hagen’s words said that his entire future might well be different—if he desired that future. “You had not. I know that.” Hagen straightened. “But I thought you should know.” After Hagen had left, Kharl looked out through the window into the brilliant gold of sunset. What did he want? Really? Could it be that his actions might bring a reward? Could that really be so after all that had happened? Or would he need to remain on the Seastag? Thinking of Furwyl, Rhylla, Ghart, and Tarkyn, he reflected that a man could have a fate far worse—far, far worse. A faint smile crossed his lips, and he closed his eyes. LXXXIX Once Kharl was finally alert and eating, he recovered quickly, although he was left with a scar on his left temple, a jagged red mark no longer than the width of his thumb that resembled a miniature lightning bolt. His hair had been cut far shorter, probably to trim off all that had been singed and crisped. Dead skin had also flaked off over most of his face, leaving new and pinkish skin beneath. By the end of the eightday, he was up and walking through the keep, which was not so much a keep as a large country house, around which walls had been erected at some time, certainly not a structure designed to withstand a lengthy attack or a siege. His own garments, doubtless too rent and bloodstained to save, had been replaced before he had even recovered with far finer garb, two dark gray shirts that were almost silvery, black trousers, and a black jacket. Even his boots had been replaced with black leather boots fitted to his feet. The garments signified changes, more than he’d wanted to consider. First, the colors—that had been obvious. The black and gray were because he was a mage, but the quality… that bothered him. He could not have afforded such finery, and yet it was almost plain compared to that of those in the keep who attended Lord Ghrant, although somewhat finer than that of the servants or of Alidya. In the late afternoon of eightday, he stood on the corner of the upper terrace, outside the walls, looking to the ridge and park to the north. The winter sky was clear, and there was no wind to dissipate the mild warmth of the sun. From close to a kay away, outside of a handful of gashes in the turf, Kharl could see no sign that a battle had been fought days before. He still had a hard time believing that his tricks with hardening air had been so successful and that everyone seemed to think that he was a mighty mage. He had managed to learn a few things about order and chaos—but he’d be in real trouble if he ever encountered a truly accomplished white wizard. That, he understood, even if no one else seemed to. “Ah… the mysterious mage…” At the sound of Hagen’s voice, Kharl turned. He shrugged helplessly. “I’m ready to go.” “Not yet,” Hagen said with a smile. “You need to stay here for a few more days. Just until threeday.” “Why then?” “Because that’s when Lord Ghrant has set your audience,” replied the new lord-chancellor. “It would be most unbecoming to depart before then.” Hagen grinned. “Do I want that audience?” Kharl asked dryly. “I would judge so, unless you want to go back to being a ship’s carpenter or a wandering mage. As for the moment, I came out here to suggest that now that you are well, you might join me and several of the lancer officers for supper.” The thought of company for a meal—rather than being served in one of the small dining halls with minor functionaries he did not know—did have a certain appeal to Kharl, but he had no doubt that Hagen had more than that in mind. “Senior officers?” Hagen smiled. “I am certain they would appreciate any information you might provide about what you saw…” “Such as the officers dining in the town the day before the final battle?” asked Kharl. “While others were fighting?” “They might not like such, but I would be indebted to you for such candor.” “And they are not likely to doubt a mage as much?” “They know that you have no history with the Austran lancers,” Hagen pointed out. “Unlike me.” Kharl thought he understood and gestured for Hagen to lead on. The two walked back across the terrace and through a narrow bailey gate—where two of Ghrant’s personal guards stood stiffly—before reen-tering the north wing. Kharl followed Hagen down a wide but short side corridor, one adorned with oversized portraits of men in restrained finery. The corridor ended in two double doors, the right one open. Hagen motioned for Kharl to precede him, and the carpenter-mage did. Inside, five officers in the green and gray of Austra stood around one end of the large circular table already set for a meal with white linen cloth and cutlery. More portraits graced the white plaster walls above the blond wainscot paneling. “Lord Hagen… mage,” offered a gray-haired and mustached officer with a broad forehead, pointed chin, and perfect mustache. Hagen returned the greeting with a nod, then spoke. “I thought that it might be useful for Kharl to dine with us. He saw a side of the last battle that none of us did.” He inclined his head to the graying officer. “Kharl, this is Commander Vatoran… Majer Reseff, Majer Tralk, Majer Fuelt, and Majer Nyort.” Kharl nodded solemnly in response, hoping he could keep the names and faces in mind throughout the dinner. Hagen moved to a place at the table, the one that faced the doorway. “Kharl, perhaps…” He gestured to the chair across the table from him. Kharl took the suggestion, but waited to seat himself until the other officers began to do so, and they waited until Hagen actually settled into his chair. A long silence followed, one that pleased Hagen, Kharl felt. “Commander Vatoran is the eastern district commander,” the lord-chancellor finally explained to Kharl as servers circled the table, asking each man whether he preferred wine, ale, or lager. “In effect, he commands all of the lancer forces east of the Shiltons. Each of the majers commands a subdistrict, usually with between ten and fifteen companies. The organization is the same for the foot, but we’ll be meeting with them later.” Hagen turned to the server waiting patiently at his shoulder. “Wine. Red. The Asolo, if you have it.” Kharl stayed with lager. To him, wine was too close to sweet vinegar. “You have not been a lancer, or an armsman, mage, have you?” asked Vatoran, his deep voice calm and even. “I fear not, commander.” “But you have been in battle?” “Against pirates and a white wizard. This was my first battle where both sides were lancers and foot.” Hagen made no comment, just nodded and waited. Kharl took advantage of the moment of silence to sample the lager, a slightly edged but refreshing brew. One of the two women servers deftly slipped slices of white meat onto the gold-rimmed, pale blue china plate before Kharl, and the second added dumplings. A third followed with strips of green cetalya, then ladled a white sauce laced with black mushrooms over both meat and dumplings. Kharl cared little for the bitter cetalya and would have preferred the sauce over the vegetable as well. “What weapons have you used? Besides your magely skills, that is?” asked one of the majers. “I’m not one for the blade,” Kharl admitted. “Cudgel and staff.” One of the other majers sniffed, but did not speak as the first majer asked, “How many men have you killed, mage, that is, with your weapons, not magery?” Kharl didn’t care much for the majer’s tone, or the unspoken condescension of the other majers, but he fingered his chin before replying, thinking about Tyrbel’s assassin, about the very first white wizard and his guards, and about the pirates. “I can’t say for certain. I know about five for sure, before the battle here.” “The mage is being modest,” Hagen interrupted. “Against the pirates alone, he took out ten men with his staff.” Kharl reflected once more. If he counted the deaths of the men killed on the ridge by the white wizard’s efforts to stop him, then the total was doubtless several score. “Would you agree with Lord Hagen’s assessment?” asked Vatoran, a slight smile without humor lifting the corners of his mouth. “Lord Hagen may have seen more than I did. He had a better vantage, and he is more familiar with fighting and warfare,” Kharl said. “I was just doing the best I could.” He took a bite of the meat—boar, he thought—and a mouthful of the flavorful dark bread. Then he tried a dumpling, surprisingly delicate, with a plumlike flavor. “The mage cleared the deck of one vessel,” Hagen explained, “but he lost two toes and cracked his ribs in a number of places.” “What about—” “I think we can dispense with more questions about the mage’s familiarity with weapons and fighting,” Vatoran interjected, turning back to Kharl. “Did you see much of the fighting before the day that you bested the wizards and Ilteron?” Hagen gave the slightest of nods to Kharl. “I had not realized that the fighting had begun,” the mage replied. “I was in the town, looking for somewhere to eat, and I went into a cafe. There were four lancer officers there, and they were eating and drinking, and talking about the fighting… about how close the rebels were to Dykaru—” “… must be some mistake…” “… sure they wore the green and black?” “They were in the green and black,” Kharl affirmed, “and when I left, I saw a wagon filled with wounded, and the teamster was complaining that he’d lost his way and that his captain didn’t seem to know much about where the battle was or how to direct the teamster…” Kharl took a swallow of ale before continuing. “That was what I saw and heard before we got into battle the next day.” Vatoran nodded as if to himself before continuing. “I’d be most curious, mage, as to why you risked your life for Lord Ghrant. You don’t have to speak to that, if you don’t want to, of course. It’s enough that you acted, whatever the reason.” “I’m not sure that it is, commander,” Kharl found himself saying. “I used to think that myself. I was a cooper. No secret about that. So long as I made good barrels, didn’t matter to me why I made them. But it did.” He shrugged. “I found that out. Heard enough about Ilteron and had seen enough of Lord Hagen to realize there was a difference. Didn’t get to make a difference in Nordla, but I had a chance in Austra. That’s why.” “But you are not Austran,” Vatoran pointed out. “Lord Hagen’s acts had made it clear that right is right. Wrong is wrong. Doesn’t matter where. If you only protect what’s yours, and everyone does that, then wrong usually wins, and right loses. In the end, you do, too.” Vatoran looked as though he wanted to reply to that, but, instead, the commander frowned, then asked, “How did you get into battle?” “Lord Hagen thought that I might be of some use in making sure that Lady Hyrietta and the heirs were safe…” Kharl went on to tell about the battle, but avoided any exact details about what magery he had used, only saying, “I managed to use what I knew about order to block their firebolts and imprison them in a web of order. That killed the two wizards and Ilteron. Then I dragged Lord Ghrant off the ridge and managed to get him onto a mount. It took a long time to get him back to the harbor.” “In the middle of the battle?” Vatoran’s eyebrows lifted. “That part of the battle was pretty near over. At least, no one was fighting there right then, and no one was looking at a carpenter dragging and carrying a wounded man. They were still worried about the firebolts on the top of the ridge.” While what Kharl said was true—no one had been looking at them because they couldn’t have seen them—the evasion of truth bothered him, but he didn’t want to reveal exactly what he had done. “And you just rode to the harbor?” “What he says is true,” Hagen interjected in a calm voice. “We were on the Seastag, and we saw a rider come up the pier with a figure over the saddle before him. Until he dismounted, we didn’t realize that it was the mage with Lord Ghrant.” “It took a long time,” Kharl added. “I couldn’t get there directly.” That had been absolutely true. “I see. What did you notice about the foot and lancers in the battle that we should know?” “Some of them—Lord Ghrant’s men who held the little stone pavilion on the south side—they were brave and well-ordered. They were holding the pavilion even against the one mage until I killed him. There were others who ran and fled from the white wizards before I got there. More of them were in green and black, but there were some in yellow and black. Lord Ilteron’s forces withdrew a number of rods when I was battling the last white wizard, but I didn’t see any of them breaking or running.“ Kharl shrugged. ”That’s what I saw. I wasn’t looking at the lancers and foot, though. I was trying to stop the wizards and find Lord Ghrant and Ilteron.“ “Did you see any standards or banners…” “Did you see any other rebel livery besides the blue…” “What about cannon…” Kharl replied to the questions as well as he could, even if most of his answers were negative. In between questions and answers, he kept eating. After a time, Hagen cleared his throat. Loudly. “I think the mage has been most forthcoming. It is most clear to me, both from what I saw and from what the mage and others have reported, that we have a solid task ahead of us if we are to be successful in halting other attempts by Hamor to weaken Austra.” Hagen’s smile to the officers was polite, but far from warm as he stood and nodded to Kharl. Kharl stood and inclined his head to the commander. “My best to you, ser, and I trust I have not disturbed you too greatly, but I could only report on what I saw and experienced. I know too little about lancers to say anything but what I saw.” “I am certain that is so, mage.” Vatoran had risen, as had the majers, and he inclined his head in response. Kharl followed Hagen out and down the corridor. The lord-chancellor said nothing until they were back in a small study or library, where both walls were filled with shelves brimming with leather-bound volumes. Hagen closed the door, but made no move to seat himself at the black oak desk. “That will do.” “I don’t think they were happy with my words,” Kharl said. “They weren’t supposed to be. I wanted them to know that more than a few people understood that some of the lancers had not responded well. Eating in town while the fighting was going on.” Hagen snorted. “Running from battle while others fought…” “Was that why you did not see eye to eye with Lord Ghrant before?” “Something like that.” “Is there anything else you’d like from me?” asked Kharl. Hagen laughed. “Just be polite and mysterious for the next few days, until you meet with Lord Ghrant, and then we’ll talk about what you’d like to do next.“ Kharl understood that, too. He wasn’t going to get a direct answer until something else happened, probably between Hagen and Lord Ghrant. xc About midmorning on threeday, a youngster in a yellow tunic with black cuffs appeared at Kharl’s door, with a neatly folded set of garments in his arms. “Master Kharl, ser?” “Yes?” “These are for you, ser. For the audience with Lord Ghrant, ser. At the first glass of the afternoon, ser.” “Thank you.” Kharl took the garments. “I’ll be here to escort you, ser.” Then, after those words, the young man was gone. Kharl closed the door and looked down at the garments—a silksheen silver shirt, black trousers, and a black jacket of fine and soft wool. They had clearly been tailored to his measurements and presumably were his to keep. He shook his head. Never had he owned such finery—nor needed it. What would happen at the audience? What did Kharl have to say to Lord Ghrant? What he could have said—such as the fact that he didn’t think much of the discipline of the Austran forces or of Ghrant’s personal guard—were not things that would have been wise to voice, and he’d already said them to the lancer officers. He also wasn’t pleased with the idea of bowing and scraping to Ghrant, who’d have been far better off to listen to Hagen from the beginning rather than having been forced to do so by events. Then, Kharl could always hope that Ghrant would be generous, although he had his doubts about that characteristic in rulers—or their offspring. Kharl looked at the garments once more, then shrugged and laid them on the bed. After a moment, he began to disrobe. He might as well try on the new clothes. Not surprisingly, they fit well, and he looked almost impressive when he studied his reflection in the mirror above the chest set against the inner wall of the spacious chamber that had remained his. Neither his pondering nor his pacing yielded more answers, and after several long glasses, the youth in yellow reappeared at his door. Wordlessly, Kharl followed him along the main corridor of the southern wing, up the main staircase in the middle of the sprawling structure, then along another white-walled corridor that ended in a single golden oak door. While the door was modest, there were two burly guards in the yellow and black. “Master Kharl, the mage, here to see Lord Ghrant,” offered the youth. “We know, Bethem,” said the shorter guard, smiling paternally before he turned and knocked. “The mage, ser.” After a moment, the words came back. “Show him in.” The guard who had not spoken opened the door, and Kharl stepped inside, into a study with wide windows opening to the north and west, with but a single case filled with books. The door closed behind him, almost silently, with just the faintest click. The blond lord sat behind a wide desk of golden oak, unadorned, without a single carving. “Lord Ghrant.” Kharl inclined his head, politely, but not too deeply. “Can’t have too much formality here, not with a man who destroyed my enemies, then dragged and carried me to safety.” Ghrant gestured to the straight-backed chairs before the desk. Kharl took the one in the shade, so that he could see Ghrant more clearly, without the afternoon sun that poured into the room getting in his eyes. “You present a problem, Master Kharl. A happy one, but one requiring a solution. I cannot offer you what I owe you, and that is Austra. Nor even a fraction of that.” A rueful smile followed the words. Kharl waited. He wasn’t about to offer Ghrant an easy way out. Self-denying graciousness did not count for much with those in power. That he had learned. “Lord Hagen has suggested that your service is worth a small estate, a stipend, and a minor lordship. It was worth more than that, but we have conferred and feel that, with your talents, those are more appropriate, with certain… adjustments I think you will find useful. Lord Hagen will tell you of those details at your convenience. But from this point on, you hold the lands of Cantyl, and shall formally be addressed as ‘Ser Kharl.’“ Ghrant smiled broadly. ”You will also receive your first purse from him later this afternoon.“ “You are most kind, ser.” Kharl, although wary, could sense neither malice nor deception. “Most grateful, Ser Kharl.” Ghrant cleared his throat. “Lord Hagen will brief you on the details, but I did want to express my gratitude to you personally. My lady also conveys her thanks, as do my sons.” Ghrant smiled, an expression both warm, polished, and somehow tired, then stood. Kharl rose as well. “I am glad I was able to be of service, and I am very glad that you remain Lord of Austra.” “Let us hope that all my subjects come to that happy conclusion as well, ser Kharl.” When Kharl stepped out of the study, Hagen was waiting. “Ser Kharl.” “Lord-chancellor.” Kharl inclined his head. “We need to discuss a few more details. Lord Ghrant is often brief to the point of being cryptic.” Hagen’s smile was rueful. “Filling in those details seems to be a large part of being lord-chancellor.” Kharl followed Hagen a good fifty cubits down the corridor to another unmarked door, which opened into a very small chamber holding but a circular table and four chairs, and a narrow, east-facing window. Hagen did not sit down after he closed the door. “Lord Ghrant and I came to an agreement. Cantyl is set on and adjoining a headland southeast of Valmurl. The lands succeeded to Lord Estloch several years ago, but they are near none of his holdings. They consist of a small but good vineyard, some excellent timberlands, one small and fertile valley, and some most rocky hills, which provide a certain isolation. I thought you might appreciate the timberlands and possibly the isolation. There is just one rough road that eventually winds to Valmurl, but a very good, if small, natural harbor. The lands are well managed, and those who do so would like to stay. And there will be a considerable stipend for five years, and a modest one thereafter.” Kharl nodded. He was not quite sure what to say. Hagen produced a plain leather purse. “Your stipend is one hundred golds a year for the first five years, and fifty thereafter for the following ten. This holds an additional fifty, not counted against the stipend, for your expenses and travel to Cantyl.“ Kharl managed not to swallow. He’d never seen twenty-five golds at one time, let alone fifty, and probably never held more than ten at once ever—and the purse was only incidental. “Lord Ghrant does not anticipate this, but would wish to reserve the right to call upon your services occasionally.” That did make sense, unfortunately. “You’re still not sure whether you’d want to go back to Brysta, if you could, are you?” asked Hagen. “Master and Ser Kharl.” “No…” Kharl paused. “I’d thought about it, but I’m certainly not welcome there.” He smiled wryly. “I had thought about staying in Austra—but as a cooper. I’d never thought…” “I hadn’t either, when you asked me for passage,” Hagen replied. “Strange…” mused Kharl. Hagen laughed. “You should have been a lord in Brysta, but Lord Ghrant’s powers do not extend that far.” “Why did you press my case so far with Lord Ghrant?” Kharl asked. “There are several reasons. First, Lord Ghrant must understand that loyalty is rewarded. I can say such, but if I do not press for it, then my words mean little. Also, you’re a powerful mage, Kharl. But you need to know more to use that power effectively. Whether you choose to stay here—and if you do, and you learn what you must—I’d not be surprised if Lord Ghrant would call on you for aid and advice, and you will serve yourself and those around you far better for having a standing well gained in battle…” Kharl could sense the caution in Hagen, and he almost laughed. Even Hagen was worried about his power. The laughter died within him as he considered what that meant. Would he have to worry about everyone now? Whether they would use him and his powers, or try to manipulate him from afar, through others? “I can see you understand,” Hagen said. “I almost did not,” Kharl confessed. “The Seastag is leaving tomorrow for Valmurl. I’ve arranged for Furwyl to make a stop at Cantyl. They’ll be expecting you.” “Who will?” “The estate steward. That’s Speltar. Lord Ghrant sent a messenger informing him an eightday ago.” “Lord Ghrant… or you?” asked Kharl wryly. “I did have something to do with it, but he had to accept my recommendation.” “I hope it didn’t cost you too much.” “Nothing at all. He’d much rather be indebted to you than, say, Lord Deroh.” The name meant nothing to Kharl. “Oh… and you’ll be traveling as a passenger. As an honored passenger in my quarters.” “I couldn’t take…” Kharl paused. “You won’t be on board?” “No. I’ll be with Lord Ghrant and his family… riding in triumph back across Austra.” Kharl realized something else. By not accompanying Lord Ghrant, his role in saving the lord would be diminished. There were advantages and disadvantages to that for him, but clearly only advantages for Ghrant. “So that he can show his banner and reassure everyone?” “That is most necessary” Hagen affirmed. “Long and tiring as the journey will be by road.” “The crew won’t mind me as a passenger?” “Not at all. They know you saved us all from having to leave Austra, and they’re more than ready to leave Dykaru and to get back to Valmurl.” Hagen smiled. “I’m famished. Are you ready to join me in a quiet meal? With no discussion about rulers and their duties?” Kharl was. XCI As Kharl walked down the last few rods of the pier toward the waiting Seastag, the light breeze swirled the odor of burning coal around him, confirming that the ship was indeed making ready to cast off. He stopped just short of the gangway and looked westward, out over the white walls of Dykaru, and the orangish brown tile roofs, brilliant in the direct morning sunlight, then turned back toward the ship. Ghart was grinning as Kharl walked up the gangway, carrying the new leather bag—black, of course—that contained equally new garments. “Do anything to get out of the fo’c‘s’le, wouldn’t you?” offered the new first mate. “I tried.” Kharl couldn’t help grinning in return. “Even to keeping you from a bigger cabin.” “Only for a few days. Then you’ll go off as lord of leisure.” “Not a lord. Just a minor landholder, with some rocky hills and a vineyard, I’m told. And a few trees. Maybe enough to set up a cooperage.” Ghart shook his head. “Cooper, carpenter, warrior, mage… and now you’re going to be a lord.” “No… just a minor landholder,” Kharl protested. Ghart began to laugh. Finally, he stopped and looked at Kharl. “Being a landholder’s worse than magery. Mages understand magery. No one understands what landholders do.” There was the hint of a twinkle in the first mate’s eyes. Kharl could understand Ghart’s amusement—and appreciated the fact that Ghart was amused, rather than resentful or jealous. “Maybe I’ll learn enough to know why no one does…” “You might at that.” Ghart’s head turned. Kharl glanced to his left, his eyes taking in the figure crossing the main deck to the quarterdeck—Furwyl, now wearing a blue master’s jacket. “Master Kharl…” “Captain.” “Aye, and we’ve all gone up a little in the world, you more than us, I’d wager.” Furwyl’s smile was also warm and welcoming. “Though I’d not be saying that Lord Hagen is enjoying his fortune so much as us.” Kharl chuckled at Furwyl’s observation. “The highland lords respect his abilities, perhaps more than do others.” “Lord Ghrant will have to listen to him now,” Furwyl replied. “He’ll soon be wishing that he had earlier, if he’s not already.” “Lord Ghrant is already listening,” Kharl replied. Ghart smiled knowingly. “Now that you’re aboard, Master Kharl…” suggested Furwyl. “I’m more than ready, captain.” Furwyl stepped back. “Single up!” The bosun’s whistle shrilled, and Bemyr’s voice boomed out. “Single up. Make it lively!” “Best I stow my gear,” Kharl said. “What I have.” “Ah… Master Kharl,” Ghart said. “You’ll not be minding that we took the liberty of putting your other things in the captain’s cabin as well.” “Hardly. Thank you.” The carpenter-mage shook his head. “Seems strange to go from the fo’c‘s’le aft.” “Happens to us all, ser. You’ll get used to it.” Ghart smiled. “Remember when I had the smallest cubby on the Seasprite.” Left unsaid was the knowledge that very few seamen made the transition out of the forecastle. Kharl nodded and made his way past the deck crew. Seeing Reisl and Hodal there, he smiled at the two. “It’s good to see you.” “Good to see you, Master Kharl,” replied Reisl. “Wasn’t sure we would when you fell off that horse.” The deckhand grinned. “I wasn’t either,” Kharl admitted. “I don’t do well with horses. You could tell that.” Belatedly realizing that he’d distracted the deck crew, he added, “Best let you get back to listening to Bemyr.” “Aye…” As Kharl stepped away, toward the hatchway leading to the captain’s quarters, he could hear the voices behind him. “… always said… something strange…” “Strange or not, saved our asses more ‘n once…” replied Reisl. “… never shirked any duty…” added Hodal. Kharl wished he could thank the two for their words, but that would just have embarrassed them. After stowing his bag in the captain’s cabin—and he somehow felt guilty, no matter what Hagen and Furwyl said—Kharl made his way out and up to the poop deck. There he stationed himself at the port railing, watching quietly as Furwyl guided the Seastag away from the pier and into the narrow channel leading to the Great Western Ocean. Astern of the ship, the white walls and tiled roofs of Dykaru dwindled slowly under the cool and clear greenish blue sky. Ahead, there were but the slightest of whitecaps on the low and rolling swells of the endless gray-blue waters. Only when the Seastag was well clear of the harbor did Kharl approach the captain, standing beside the steering platform and slightly forward of the helm. The engineman stood to starboard and aft of the wheel. “How long a trip, this time?” “We’re low on coal, but we’ve got favoring winds,” Furwyl replied. “I’d guess four, maybe five days to Cantyl.” Five days… five days before he set foot on lands that were his. That… that still seemed more like a dream. But he would see. He certainly would. In the meantime, he watched the sea and the shrinking outline of the coast. Once the Seastag was well clear of the coast, Kharl climbed down the ladder and crossed the main deck, making his way to the carpenter shop. Tarkyn looked up from his stool and the scrimshaw he had been carving. “Wondered if you’d get down to see an old carpenter.” Tarkyn’s voice was gruff as usual. “Or if you’d forgot where you started.” “Don’t think I’ll ever forget that,” Kharl replied. “What happened to the staff? You still have it somewhere?” “No. Got broken in the fight with the wizards.” “Must have been a real fight. Didn’t think anything could break it.” “Wizardry and magery did.” After a moment, Kharl added, “Fighting wizardry did.” “Wasn’t sure you’d make it. You more like fell off that horse when you brought Lord Ghrant back.” “I wasn’t either. Felt like I’d been run over by a herd of lancers’ mounts. That was when I woke up days later. Wouldn’t let me do much for more than an eightday.” “You get more than parchment from Lord Ghrant?” “They tell me I’ve got some land—rocks, trees, and a vineyard—and some coins. Took what they offered. Probably stupid not to have asked for more.” “Probably,” Tarkyn agreed amiably. “Coin’s never been something that meant the most to you, though.” He studied Kharl, a twinkle in his eyes. “Still… pretty fancy cloth you’re wearing.” Kharl laughed. “It’s plain compared to what the lords and their servants wear. Feels good though. They gave it to me when they found out I had an audience with Lord Ghrant.” “Wagered something like that. What are you going to do now? Don’t think you’re going to come back to carpentering now that you’re a landed lord.” “Not a lord, but I did get some land.” Kharl shook his head. “Still trying to figure out what to do next, whether I ought to try to get back to Brysta.” “You don’t forget, do you?” For a moment, Kharl was taken aback by the question. “No… I’d guess not.” But he wasn’t sure what he wasn’t forgetting, not exactly. Or rather, he didn’t want to say that he wasn’t forgetting the injustice he’d experienced and seen in too many forms. Charee hadn’t cared for his feelings that way. Sanyle had understood, but most surprisingly to Kharl, Jeka had. He wondered how she was doing, but he could only hope that Gha-ran had managed to keep her on in his shop. He still felt guilty about leaving her, but at the time, he hadn’t been sure what else he could have done. “Don’t like to forgive those folks who do evil, either.” Kharl couldn’t deny that, either. “Understand that,” Tarkyn went on. “Don’t let revenge get in the way of doing what needs to be done.” “Try not to.” Kharl paused, then added, “Thank you. For teaching me when I didn’t know enough. For making sure I did learn.” “Be a piss-poor carpenter if I didn’t.” “You’ve always been a good one.” “What I wanted. Nothing more.” Tarkyn laughed. “Mostly, anyway.” “Isn’t it that way always?” They both laughed. In time, when Kharl made his way back topside, Tarkyn’s words echoed through his thoughts—Don’t let revenge get in the way of doing what needs to be done. Don’t let revenge get in the way… deep inside, was he after revenge—targeted against Egen and Justicer Reynol? Or against all those in power in Brysta? Could he not just accept his good fortune in Austra, where he had become recognized and been rewarded? He looked to port, out at the long coastline lying on the horizon. He had wanted to have his own place in Austra. XCII he trip northward along the eastern coast of Austra was both uneventful and slow. While there were following winds, as Furwyl had hoped, they were light. Kharl used some of the time, as he could, talking to Furwyl and the mates, and especially to Tarkyn, whom he felt he had come to know later than the others. On the afternoon of the sixth day after leaving Dykaru, Furwyl fired up the engines to bring the Seastag into Cantyl. Kharl stood at the poop railing, watching as the rounded headland to port grew ever larger. In the black leather bag waiting below, with his garments, was the parchment patent conveying Cantyl to him from Lord Ghrant, a patent that also conveyed the lands to his heirs in perpetuity. As Hagen had told him, the harbor at Cantyl was small, with the headland he had been watching to the south of the harbor—a fjiordlike bay—and a low line of cliffs to the north. The entrance to the bay was less than a kay in width, with steep cliffs more than a hundred cubits in height to the south and lower cliffs, perhaps twenty cubits above the gray water—to the north. The sails had been furled a half glass earlier, and with but the faintest of breezes, the Seastag’s paddle wheels carried the ship through the mouth of the harbor and into the bay, an irregular shape that might have fit in a square two kays on a side. “Be hard to get in here in a blow,” Furwyl observed from behind Kharl. “Looks hard enough in calm waters,” Kharl replied, thinking that the harbor would be comparatively easy to defend with a chain system such as the one employed in Brysta. “Old salts say it was once a pirate haven, back when Austra was but lands warring with each other… could be just a tale.” As the Seastag eased closer to Cantyl, Kharl turned back to study the entrance to the harbor for a moment. It easily could have been a pirate refuge. He turned to say that, but Furwyl had retreated to the pilot platform. So the former cooper and carpenter, who was now both mage and landholder, just watched as the ship turned southward toward the pier a kay away. Before that long, he was studying the five men who stood waiting on the narrow pier, a structure whose timbers had been bleached near-white by salt and sun and time. Two were clearly line-handlers. The other three watched the ship, and Kharl had the feeling that they were waiting for him. In the stone-walled harbor yard off the foot of the pier were two heavy wagons. One held beams, the other planks, both loads waiting to be loaded onto the Seastag. Furwyl backed down the Seastag expertly, and the ship came to a halt within cubits of the pier. “Lines out!” came the call from Ghart. Kharl waited until the Seastag was tied at the pier before turning to Furwyl. “Thank you, both for this voyage—and for all the ones that made this one possible.” “Our pleasure, Master Kharl.” The captain gestured toward the pier. “It would appear that you are expected—and that we might have a cargo.” “If you do, it would be the least I could do to repay you and everyone on board. I can’t tell you how much.” Kharl grinned. Then he headed toward the ladder down to the main deck. Once there, he slipped back into the captain’s cabin and reclaimed his new bag, and his old pack, before hurrying back out to the quarterdeck. Furwyl, all the mates, and Tarkyn stood there. Behind them were a number of the crew. In the front Kharl spied Reisl, Hodal, and Kawelt. For a moment, Kharl just looked at them. He swallowed. Finally, he spoke. “Don’t know that I’m that good with words, but… any of you are welcome here, any time. Wouldn’t be here, and have this without you.” He looked at each of the officers in turn, then at Reisl and Hodal. Reisl grinned. Kharl swallowed again, before he spoke. “Thank you. Thank you all.” Furwyl cleared his throat. “Master Kharl… were it not for you, it’s likely none of us would be standing here. We’d be thanking you for our lives and our health, and, likewise, you’re always welcome here.” Bemyr lifted his whistle and gave a long ululating signal. With a smile, Kharl walked down the gangway. Once on the pier, he turned back to the ship and raised his arm in a salute of sorts to the Seastag. He watched for a moment, then turned to those who had been waiting for him. A short and slight figure, balding with some wisps of reddish hair, stood forward of the two taller men. The top of his head barely reached Kharl’s shoulder, but he bowed first. “Lord Kharl?” “I’m Kharl…” Kharl eased the patent from the top of the leather bag. “Here’s Lord Ghrant’s patent to me…” “Speltar, ser… I’m the steward of Cantyl.” He took the patent almost apologetically, reading it carefully before bowing and handing it back. Kharl slipped the parchment carefully back into his bag. “This is Dorwan, the forester, and Glyan, the vintner,” Speltar said, nodding first to a burly black-haired man close to Kharl’s age, then to a gray-bearded and angular man with deep brown eyes. Kharl studied each man in turn. “I’m happy to meet you all. I’ll be needing your advice and skills very much. The only thing I know anything at all about is woods.” “Aye, ser,” offered Dorwan. “That was what the message from Lord Hagen said.” “Are the timbers there cargo for the Seastag?” “That they are,” said Speltar. “When Dorwan heard that the Seastag was putting in here, a real heavy cargo vessel, we got together some timbers we could send to Nussar in Valmurl on consignment. That way, you’d have some more golds. We figured… well… they’d come in useful-like.” “Since mages aren’t known for having full wallets?” asked Kharl, laughingly. “That’d be true, ser.” Dorwan grinned at Kharl. Kharl could not sense either calculation or chaos in any of the three, only a certain wariness in the vintner. He turned and gestured to Fur-wyl, asking the master to join them on the pier. After a moment, Furwyl walked down the gangway. “Captain Furwyl is now master of the Seastag” Kharl said, “since Lord Hagen is occupied as lord-chancellor.” He turned to Furwyl. “It appears that you were correct, captain, and that the timbers are a consignment cargo for you to take to Valmurl.” Furwyl nodded to Kharl, then to Speltar. “We would be pleased.” “Got the invoices, and the golds right here, captain,” offered Speltar, who looked to Kharl, “if that would be fine by you, ser?” Kharl nodded, stepping back slightly. Once Furwyl had the invoices and the shipping fees, and had returned to the Seastag, Speltar turned to Dorwan. Dorwan inclined his head slightly. “If you’d not mind, ser Kharl, I’ll be supervising the loading.” “Go ahead. If you’d join us when you can…” “Yes, ser. Be a while.” Kharl hitched the old pack into place on his shoulder. Speltar led the way off the pier to the graveled lane that led from the pier westward and up a gentle slope covered with winter-brown grass to a series of buildings on a low hill overlooking the harbor. The path looked to be only about half a kay long. The three had walked less than ten rods, when Speltar spoke again. “Ser… begging your pardon… but… would you be bringing a consort?” “No.” After a moment, Kharl added, “My consort died about a year ago, and my sons have left the house. For the moment, I’m the only one.” Kharl wondered if, with his newfound wealth, he might be able to track the boys down, perhaps even send for Arthal, or send someone to bring him back. “I’m sorry, ser… we didn’t know…” “There was no reason that you would,” Kharl replied politely. “And I appreciate your concern.” As they neared the hilltop, Kharl studied the structures. The main house was modest, at least for a landholder’s dwelling, a two-story red sandstone structure only slightly larger than Kharl’s cooperage had been, if one excluded the wide, roofed porch that wrapped around the entire house. The roof was of gray tiles, a patchwork of older and newer darker gray that showed replacements over the years. The shutters were dark gray, standing out against the red stone of the walls. To the south, slightly downhill, were two buildings that looked like barns. Much farther to the north was a stream and a mill of some sort. Kharl glanced to Speltar. “Is that a sawmill?” “Yes, ser. Lord Estloch had it built years back. That way, we can offer planks and timbers and charge more than we could just selling felled timber.” “The timberlands, the vineyards… how far do they go?” “Not that far, ser Kharl… no more than four kays to the northwest and five to the southwest, four if you could ride due south, but you can’t, not over those crags.” Kharl turned to the vintner, Glyan. “I know less about vineyards and wine than possibly anything in my life. You’ll have to teach me everything you think I should know.” “You’d be wanting to know?” Glyan’s tone was somewhere between ironic and amused. “I do. I was wondering… Do we have a cooperage here?” “No, ser. Oak doesn’t grow well on the lands round about.” Kharl nodded slowly. “And about the grapes?” “What would you want to know?” “As much as you can tell me. I’ll never know what you do,” Kharl admitted, “but it seems to me that I ought to know as much as I can.” Glyan laughed. “That’d be taking some time.” “I have time.” Kharl grinned. “And if you tell me a bit at a time, I might remember it more easily.” Glyan cleared his throat. “Well… ser… the vineyards are over the second hill there, on the south-facing slope. We only grow two grapes here, the full red and the golden green. Green’s better, makes a Rhynn like no one else…” Kharl listened intently until they neared the house on the hillcrest and Glyan broke off his words. “… and that’s why we check the stones in the watering runs with a bubble level. They’ve got to be just so. Too little water or too much, and you’ve got a juice that’s good for vinegar and not much more.” Kharl stopped and looked at the house. A flagstone walk led from the lane, which ran up the hill, then beside the dwelling, to the front porch, the one overlooking the harbor. After a moment, he followed Speltar to the porch. There he set down the leather bag, before turning and looking out over the harbor, slowly scanning the water and the surrounding lands. He found it hard to believe that he owned the lands… lands that seemed too vast for someone considered a small landholder. He stood and looked for some time, until he heard a cough. “Ser,” offered Speltar, “might I show you the house?” Kharl smiled broadly. “You certainly can, then the barns and the sawmill.” He turned to Glyan. “And the vineyard and the cellars as well.” As he turned toward the door, he paused. There really wasn’t any reason he couldn’t have a cooperage now, was there? With a nod to himself, he followed Speltar through the door.